213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2024-01-31 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-12-31 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-01-01 2022-12-31 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2023-01-01 2024-01-31 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2021-12-31 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-01-01 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-01-01 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-01-01 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-01-01 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-01-01 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-01-01 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2023-01-01 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2023-01-01 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2023-01-01 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2023-01-01 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2023-01-01 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2023-01-01 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2021-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2021-12-31 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2021-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2021-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2021-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2021-12-31 ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:CapitalRedemptionReserveMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800VRSPZFOGMMIS18 2024-01-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember iso4217:GBP iso4217:GBP xbrli:shares
FY23 ANNUAL REPORT
Technologies Group PLC
2
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
IN THIS REPORT
3
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
STRATEGIC REVIEW
4
Chairman's Statement
5
CEO's Review
6
Group Financial Summary
8
s172 Statement
10
Business Overview
12
Business Profiles
13
Life at Pinewood
OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
15
Business Review
17
Financial Review
18
Risk Overview and Management
27
Viability Statement
DIRECTORS REPORT
29
Environment, Social and Governance Report
30
Environmental Report
37
Social Report
38
Corporate Governance Report
42
Board of Directors
44
Audit Committee Report
48
Nomination Committee Report
50
Remuneration Committee Report
51
Directors’ Remuneration Report
62
Directors’ Report
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
66
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Respect of the
Annual Report and the Financial Statements
67
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Pinewood
Technologies Group PLC
76
Consolidated Income Statement
77
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
78
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
79
Consolidated Balance Sheet
80
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
81
Notes to the Financial Statements
146
Company Balance Sheet
147
Company Statement of Other Comprehensive Income
148
Company Statement of Changes in Equity
149
Notes to the Financial Statements of the Company
158
Advisors, Banks and Shareholder Information
4
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
CHAIRMAN'S STATEMENT
Ian Filby, Chairman
"
We are very pleased to be reporting the first set of financial
results for Pinewood following the successful sale of
Pendragon’s UK Motor and Leasing divisions to Lithia
Motors. Pinewood is a leading provider of cloud-based Dealer
Management Software and we have made positive progress
during the year to build on this market position. We have
continued to expand our customer base while sustaining high
levels of customer retention, which is reflected in a net user
churn rate of c.2%. This contributed to strong growth in revenue
and profit in the period.
We are excited by the opportunity that lies ahead for Pinewood
as a standalone business. Following the transaction with
Lithia, the business is in a robust financial position and is well
positioned for growth through product innovation, user growth
in existing territories and accessing the North American market
in partnership with Lithia through a joint venture agreement.
We are confident in the quality of our products and our market
proposition, and we are looking forward to making further
progress in the year ahead.
"
Following the announcement on 30 June 2023 of Ian Filby’s decision to stand down as non-executive chairman, the Board has not yet appointed
a successor, primarily due to the process of disposing of the UK Motor and leasing divisions, which took priority in the second half of 2023 and
in early 2024 and hence Ian has continued in his role as Chairman
5
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
A comprehensive strategic review was completed by the Board
and
its advisors during FY23 in order to unlock the potential in the Group’s
share price and to return value to the Group’s shareholders and other
stakeholders.
This review resulted in the disposal of the UK Motor and
Leasing segments, together with the debt and pension liabilities of the
Group, which culminated in a fantastic deal for our shareholders. The
transformation strategy which enables Pinewood to become a pure-
play SaaS business, is an incredibly exciting prospect.
Pinewood was
bought by Pendragon in 1998 and, under our ownership, has steadily
grown to become a profitable, high margin business and, importantly,
we have developed a product that is market-leading, not just in the UK,
but globally.
The fact that Pinewood has a genuine cloud-based automotive
retail system sets it apart from the vast majority of its competitors
and means that the work done by our development team can be
continuously rolled out across our customer base in 21 countries, with
no disruption to our customers.
This has enabled rapid international
expansion of our universal core product, providing the same solution
whatever the location.
Our levels of functionality are significantly
higher than most of the current automotive retail system providers,
both at an individual store level but also at a Group management level,
enabling larger Groups to achieve additional control and efficiency
savings.
Although Pinewood was established c.40 years ago, we are treating
this next phase of Pinewood’s expansion similar to that of a start-up.
The removal of barriers to accessing large parts of the UK customer
base that existed under Pendragon’s ownership will facilitate rapid
growth in the UK as well as accelerating our international expansion.
Our international growth has historically been driven by two main
routes.
Firstly, through our sales teams, who have enabled us to
reach a significant number of new countries in the last few years.
Secondly, through our manufacturer partners which we have very
strong relationships with.
In a number of countries, manufacturers
have mandated Pinewood as the system of choice, where all retailers
in a particular brand have to have the Pinewood system installed.
On top of this, we have an exciting new driver of growth through
our strategic partnership with Lithia and we are looking forward to
installing our system across their network in the US and UK.
Initially,
the key pieces of work relating to expanding in the US are focused
on integrations with manufacturer systems and other third party
‘layered apps’ that are widely used in the US market. The development
work will be done by our UK-based development team.
Once we are
in a position to test in the US, it is likely we will run the Pinewood
system in parallel with current systems in pilot locations before
starting a full rollout across Lithia’s US stores.
Given the relatively
early stage of development, exact timings have not been confirmed,
although we are aiming to be testing in pilot locations in H1 FY25.
Finally, the past and future success of the Group is strongly linked
to the outstanding Pinewood team.
The development team have
built a world-class product that is continually evolving and enabling
dealerships to thrive in an ever-changing auto retail landscape.
In addition to this, the sales teams have worked tirelessly to
expand the business while being supported by the back-office and
admin teams.
The low team turnover is testament to a dynamic
environment and a world class product and we look forward
to growing the team as we expand both in the UK and abroad.
Bill Berman
CEO
25 April 2024
CEO'S REVIEW
6
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
(£m)
Continuing
operations
Discontinued
operations
13m period
ended 31
January
2024
Continuing
operations
Discontinued
operations
Year
ended 31
December
2022
Revenue
24.5
4,318.0
4,342.5
19.1
3,600.9
3,620.0
Gross Profit
21.8
485.4
507.2
17.1
440.1
457.2
Operating Profit before other income
10.0
105.8
115.8
7.0
86.3
93.3
Other income - profit on the sale of
businesses and property, plant and
equipment
-
41.8
41.8
-
7.7
7.7
Operating Profit
10.0
147.6
157.6
7.0
94.0
101.0
Interest
(0.1)
(65.7)
(65.8)
-
(43.8)
(43.8)
Profit Before Tax
9.9
81.9
91.8
7.0
50.2
57.2
The breakdown of continuing operations operating profit is as follows:
Pro-forma Comparative Information - Continuing Operations
On 31 January 2024, the UK Motor and Leasing segments, together with related central support functions, were disposed of to Lithia Motors,
Inc. for £377.5m. As a result, these segments have been presented as discontinued operations. The revenue and gross profit from discontinued
operations in the period was £4,318.0m (FY22: £3,600.9m) and £485.4m (FY22: £440.1m) respectively. The operating profit from discontinued
operations, which included the profit on disposal of businesses and property, plant and equipment, was £147.6m (FY22: £94.0m).
The UK Motor and Leasing segments that were disposed of, were trading broadly in line with management expectations for the 13 month period
prior to the sale to Lithia Motors, Inc.
The sale to Lithia Motors, Inc. resulted in a profit on disposal of £40.7m. Consideration was received in cash on 1 February 2024. As announced
on 5 April 2024, the Group proposes to pay a special dividend to shareholders of 24.5p per share on 7 May 2024.
(£m)
13m period ended 31 January 2024
Year ended 31 December 2022
Pinewood Core Business
1
13.8
11.0
PLC Costs
(2.8)
(2.5)
Legacy US Motor Business
(1.0)
(1.5)
Group Total
10.0
7.0
1 Previously reported as Pinewood segment
GROUP FINANCIAL SUMMARY
(£m)
13m period ended 31
January 2024 (FY23)
13m period ended 31
January 2023
% Change
Revenue, including intercompany
revenue
1
32.0
27.7
15.5%
EBITDA
2
15.6
12.4
25.8%
EBITDA Margin (%)
2
48.8%
44.8%
4.0%
Profit Before Tax
9.9
7.7
28.6%
1 Revenue includes intercompany amounts
2 This is an Alternative Performance Measure (APM), see section 1 of financial statements
7
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
CONTINUING OPERATIONS FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (FY23 WAS
A 13 MONTH PERIOD, FY22 WAS A 12 MONTH PERIOD)
Statutory revenue up 28.3% to £24.5m (FY22: £19.1m).
• Revenue including intercompany revenue
1
up 26.0% to £32.0m
(FY22: £25.4m), driven by both inflation-linked price increases and
an increase in international users.
Statutory gross profit up 27.5% to £21.8m (FY22: £17.1m).
Gross profit including intercompany gross profit
1
up 25.6% to £28.5m
(FY22: £22.7m).
Core Business operating profit
1
up 25.5% to £13.8m (FY22: £11.0m).
OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS
Total users increased by 4% to 33,100.
Strong global expansion continuing:
Record high international users at c.7,000, up 9%.
New implementations in Denmark and Luxembourg.
Expansion of the direct sales model in Asia Pacific.
Continued high levels of customer retention with net user churn of
c.2%, as the rate at which existing customers increased users was
nearly sufficient to offset gross churn.
Pinewood continues to build a strong partnership with Volkswagen
AG and Porsche, which led to initial user implementations with large
international dealer groups in both the European and the Asia Pacific
market.
STRATEGY
Transformation into a pure-play Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) Group
following the sale of the UK Motor and Leasing divisions
• Materially enhanced opportunity for growth following creation of
standalone SaaS business
• Entered into a strategic partnership with Lithia Motors Inc, post
period-end, creating access to the North American Market, through a
£10m Joint Venture investment
We are looking forward to rolling out our system across the Lithia
network in both the UK and US
Pinewood continued to demonstrate its growth potential, with further
growth in both user numbers and expansion into new geographies
Post period end, the Group announced a £358m return of capital to
shareholders, by way of a special dividend of 24.5p.
Pinewood will host a Capital Markets Day in October 2024, with more
details to be provided in due course
OUTLOOK
We have had a good start to FY24 and although the broader macro-
economic environment remains challenging, particularly in the UK,
we do not envisage these as having a material impact on trading
• Our order bank of new customers remains strong and we are in
discussions with a number of potential new customers both in the
UK and internationally
Whilst it remains early into the new financial year, the Board is
confident in the prospects for the Group and expects FY24 to be in
line with current market expectations.
1
This is an Alternative Performance Measure. See page 15 and note 2.3 in the financial statements.
8
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
HOW
WE ENGAGE
WHY
WE ENGAGE
WHAT MATTERS
TO THIS GROUP
WHAT DID WE DO
AS A RESULT
CUSTOMERS
We continue to engage with our customers
in a variety of ways, including:-
Seeking continual feedback from both new
and existing customers
Listening to any suggested enhancements
to the Pinewood system
Our purpose is to deliver
a market-leading Dealer
Management System to all
of our customers
• Uninterrupted access to
our system
Use of a market leading
system
Having a relationship with
us where they are listened
to
• Improving the Pinewood
system by listening to
customers
• Ensuring that our
development team
updates the system on
a regular basis, often
several times a week
ASSOCIATES
We listen carefully to the views of all of
our employees through regular employee
surveys
We wish to continue to be a
responsible employer, both
in terms of continuing to
ensure the health, safety and
wellbeing of our employees
and also ensuring we
maintain a responsible
approach to the pay and
benefits our employees
receive.
• Fair employment
Fair pay and benefits
Tackling our gender pay
gap
• Diversity and inclusion
• Training, development and
career opportunities
• Health and safety
• Responsible use of
personal data
• We regularly review
associate pay and
conditions
We continue to enhance
the range of benefits
available to associates
SUPPLIERS
Regular meetings and updates with all key
suppliers with management
Supplier payment terms reported and
published
All our suppliers must be
able to demonstrate that
they take appropriate action
to prevent involvement in
modern slavery, corruption,
bribery and breaches of
competition law
Fair trading and payment
terms
• Anti-Bribery
• Anti-Modern Slavery
• Operational improvement
We surveyed all key
suppliers for adherence to
anti-slavery standards.
STATEMENT BY THE DIRECTORS IN PERFORMANCE OF THEIR STATUTORY
DUTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH s172(1) COMPANIES ACT 2006
The board of directors of Pinewood Technologies Group PLC (formerly Pendragon PLC) confirm that during the period under review, it has acted
to promote the long term success of the Company for the benefit of all shareholders, whilst having regard to the matters set out in section
172(1)(a)-(f) of the Companies Act 2006 in the decisions taken during the period ended 31 January 2024, further detail of which is set out below
and which are incorporated into the Strategic Report.
s172 STATEMENT
9
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
HOW
WE ENGAGE
WHY
WE ENGAGE
WHAT MATTERS
TO THIS GROUP
WHAT DID WE DO
AS A RESULT
COMMUNITY
Regular involvement in charity appeals
We generate community
involvement through local
engagement, contributing
to local areas in a variety
of ways.
• Charitable donations and
support;
• Employment opportunities;
• Volunteering;
• Fair tax policy
We continued other charitable
activities where possible
ENVIRONMENT
Over the last 3 years, we have re-
evaluated seriously our responsibilities
to our customers, investors,
associates, suppliers and the public in
terms of how our activities impact the
natural environment.
We continue to regularly review our
environment policy.
We acknowledge the
responsibility we have to
protect the environment
and to minimise the
environmental impact of
our activities.
• Minimising atmospheric
emissions, commercial
and industrial waste
• Minimising energy
wastage
• Complying with statutory
requirements relating to
environmental matters
• Ensuring environmental
priorities are accounted for
appropriately in planning
and decision making
Operate an obsolete asset
disposal policy
Minimise and where possible,
eliminating pollution
We continue to reduce
incidences of energy wastage
wherever possible, as reported
in our Environment, Social and
Governance Report at page 30
of this Annual Report
SHAREHOLDERS AND POTENTIAL SHAREHOLDERS
Annual Report and Accounts
Corporate website
AGM
Results announcements and
presentation
Shareholder and analyst meeting with
management, followed by feedback
from brokers and financial PR
consultants
Engagement via the Directors and
Company Secretary
We work to ensure our
shareholders and their
representatives have a
good understanding of
our strategy and business
model
Long term value creation
Fair and equal treatment
• Growth opportunity
• Financial stability
• Transparency
To share in the success of
our business
• Dividends
The chief executive officer and
chief financal officer report
back to the Board after the
investor roadshows
The Group’s brokers and
financial advisors provide
detailed feedback after full and
half year announcements and
investor roadshows to inform
the Board about investor views
• The non-executive chairman
and senior independent
director are available to
shareholders and respond
on matters relating to their
responsibilities where
requested
We continue to consult with all
major shareholders in relation
to our remuneration policy
We will engage with
shareholders in the future
about when to resume
dividends
10
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
“Our Dealer Management System is
split by role-type, collating common
tasks together to make dealerships
more efficient. With one central
database, all information is shared
throughout the system.”
Personalised video to customers
Online payments
Integrated website solution for online buying
Integrated website solution for service booking
BUSINESS OVERVIEW
SOFTWARE - PINEWOOD
Described above as 'Pinewood Core Business'. Licencing of Software as a Service to global automotive business users.
11
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Pinewood Apps
Our
apps
are
designed
to
streamline
processes and improve efficiency across the
whole dealership.
Our fully integrated suite of apps work
seamlessly with our Pinewood DMS.
Our apps are multi-platform and users can
choose their preferred tablet or mobile,
across iOS, Windows and Android devices.
Sales+ Efficiently manage the vehicle sales
process and provide a great customer
experience - the ultimate showroom app for
sales professionals.
Stock+ Respond to enquiries with
personalised videos, instantly update
stock information and store vehicle
documentation.
Parts+ Issue parts on-the-move, saving time
with our in-built barcode scanner.
Tech+ Improve the service and repair
experience, including video integration and
technician time management.
Host+ Integrated video processes including
360° tours of a used vehicle in stock, or
visually identifying work required following a
health check.
Integration with over 50 manufacturers
Cars:
Commercial Vehicles:
Motorbikes:
12
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
UK MOTOR
Following the sale of the UK Motor segment to Lithia Motors, Inc on 31
January 2024, the UK Motor segment is now a discontinued operation.
LEASING - PENDRAGON VEHICLE MANAGEMENT
Following the sale of the UK Motor segment to Lithia Motors, Inc on 31
January 2024, the Leasing segment is now a discontinued operation.
BUSINESS PROFILES
The Company aims to comply with the non-financial reporting requirements contained in sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act
2006. The information set out below, together with signposts to other relevant sections of the Annual Report and Accounts is intended to assist
stakeholders in understanding the Company’s position and approach to the following key non-financial matters.
Reporting Requirement
Our policies, standards and guidance that govern our approach
Where to find it
Sustainability
Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) report
Page 29-36
Our People
Risk overview and management
We publish our gender pay gap report on our website
Social Report
Life at Pinewood
Page 20
Page 37
Page 37
Page 13
Cyber Security
Risk overview and management
We have an internal cyber security team called Infosec, with a range of policies that
are in place
We have an external cyber security system called Security Information & Event
Management (SIEM) which utilises Microsoft Defender, Microsoft Azure Sentinel,
Azure Monitor and Cloudflare
Page 20
Anti-bribery and corruption
S172 statement
Corporate governance report
Audit committee report
Page 8
Page 40
Page 47
NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY
INFORMATION STATEMENT
13
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Our people are the life and soul of Pinewood, and what makes us
great. With a culture of collaboration, team members are collectively
responsible for the success of the business. Working together to find
the best solutions for our customers, leading the industry and helping
us grow. We aim to attract, retain, and develop the best and brightest
talent at Pinewood to deliver on our objective to be a world-leading
dealer system provider, transforming motor retail.
Long-term success relies on inspiring and nurturing a range of talent,
from all sectors and industries. We pride ourselves on seeing the
potential of our team members before they even join the business
and, then once they have, providing the support, encouragement and
skills needed to build a long and rewarding career. Together we are
unstoppable.
Our core values are at the heart of Pinewood and have been at the
foundation of our customer proposition. The values are tied into every
aspect of our business, whether it’s the development of the Pinewood
system, the support we provide to customers, or our approach to
talent management:
• Innovation touches everything we create at Pinewood, embracing
the latest technology with a personal responsibility to learn, adopt
and use the best tools available. We aim to implement smart
initiatives, encouraging learning from others and new ways of
thinking.
We are committed to keeping our customers profitable, providing
long-term reliable and consistent growth for stakeholders. We work
closely with OEMs to shape the future of automotive retail together,
providing only the best tools for automotive retailers worldwide.
• We believe that every business has a choice and we choose to
make things simple. By stripping out the complicated, we ensure
retailers and receiving an intuitive system that is easy to use, and a
team that is easy to do business with.
BEGINNING YOUR JOURNEY
We review our recruitment strategies to ensure we are attracting
and identifying a diverse range of talent to join and develop within
our business. We continually utilise modern attraction strategies to
ensure we are reaching a diverse range of candidates in a difficult
marketplace.
YOUR DEVELOPMENT
We continue to provide comprehensive training to all team members,
via our in-house learning and development. With specialised learning
programmes for new starters, in particular, our placement and
graduate schemes, providing dedicated mentoring, ensuring we
provide the best possible start for our recruits.
We remain committed to investing in early career programmes, with
29% of team members recruited specifically to join either one of the
graduate or early careers schemes, including Apprenticeships. During
an exciting period of growth, this expresses our commitment to invest
in those who are kick-starting their careers.
We maintain strong relationships with several educational institutions
across the Midlands to ensure we continue our commitment to
growing careers from within. Investment in career growth is a key
factor when it comes to retention, with 17% of team members either
being promoted or utilising their skills into a different team. This was
conducted via regular one-to-ones, ensuring team members have
guidance and support when it comes to progression. This is also a
key reason why team turnover decreased from 34% to 13% between
Dec-22 and Dec-23.
Our aim to expand internationally was demonstrated through the
establishment of Pinewood Japan whereby a team consisting of
experienced Projects Managers and Training and Implementation
Consultants are dedicated to delivering multiple projects from 2023
to 2025 in the East Asian market.
YOUR WORKPLACE & YOUR REWARD
Looking after our team members is essential and we continuously
review our benefits offering. Our ambition is to offer an industry-
competitive total reward package that values our team members and
enables us to be a responsible and attractive employer.
YOUR INCLUSION & YOUR INFLUENCE:
With over 22 nationalities across Pinewood and an above-industry
average representation of females company-wide, we are committed
to fostering a more diverse, inclusive, and unified culture that is
representative of our team members, our customers and the society
in which we live.
There are tremendous benefits to an environment where everyone
feels valued and included. We cannot underestimate the positive
impact that diversity and inclusion can have on how we understand
our customers, drive our innovation and, most importantly, engage
and inspire our people.
LIFE AT PINEWOOD
15
Business Review
17
Financial Review
18
Risk Overview and Management
27
Viability Statement
OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
15
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
(£m)
Contribution from
Pendragon
Contribution
from external
customers
Pinewood PLC
standalone
result
Share of
Pinewood
Group
overheads
Pinewood
segment as
reported in
Pinewood
Group accounts
Revenue including intercompany
amounts
1
7.5
24.5
32.0
-
32.0
Gross Profit including intercompany
amounts
1
6.7
21.8
28.5
-
28.5
Core Business Operating Expenses
(2.4)
(12.0)
(14.4)
(0.3)
(14.7)
Core Business Operating Profit
1
4.3
9.8
14.1
(0.3)
13.8
BUSINESS REVIEW
SOFTWARE (£m)
Described above as 'Pinewood Core Business'. Revenue and Gross Profit include intercompany amounts
H1 FY23
H2 FY23
FY23
H1 2022
H2 2022
FY22
Change (%)
Revenue including intercompany
amounts
1
14.5
17.5
32.0
12.4
13.0
25.4
26.0%
Gross Profit including intercompany
amounts
1
12.9
15.6
28.5
11.1
11.6
22.7
25.6%
Gross margin rate
89.0%
89.1%
89.1%
89.5%
89.2%
89.4%
-0.3%
Core Business Operating Expenses
(6.4)
(8.3)
(14.7)
(5.6)
(6.1)
(11.7)
25.6%
Core Business Operating Profit
1
6.5
7.3
13.8
5.5
5.5
11.0
25.5%
Operating margin rate
44.8%
41.7%
43.1%
44.4%
42.3%
43.3%
-0.2%
A more detailed breakdown of the Pinewood Core Business financials for FY23 can be seen below:
The amounts below and the accompanying narrative relate to segmental results.
1
This is an Alternative Performance Measure. See note 2.3 in the financial statements.
Note: FY23 is a 13 month period ended 31 January 2024 and FY22 is the year ended 31 December 2022.
1
This is an Alternative Performance Measure. See note 2.3 in the financial statements.
A more detailed breakdown of the Pinewood Core Business financials for FY22 can be seen below:
(£m)
Contribution from
Pendragon
Contribution
from external
customers
Pinewood PLC
standalone
result
Share of
Pinewood
Group
overheads
Pinewood
segment as
reported in
Pinewood
Group accounts
Revenue including intercompany
amounts
1
6.3
19.1
25.4
-
25.4
Gross Profit including intercompany
amounts
1
5.6
17.1
22.7
-
22.7
Core Business Operating Expenses
(2.1)
(9.3)
(11.4)
(0.3)
(11.7)
Core Business Operating Profit
1
3.5
7.8
11.3
(0.3)
11.0
1
This is an Alternative Performance Measure. See note 2.3 in the financial statements.
• As part of the transaction with Lithia Motors, Inc., Lithia UK have
signed a contract to install the Pinewood system.
The contract is for an initial three year period, which then goes onto
a rolling 12 month basis.
Strong international growth driven by expansion of the direct sales
model and new implementations in Europe.
Strong partnerships with strategic OEMs.
16
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Strategy delivery – Grow and diversify Pinewood
As part of its historic Group strategy presentation, Pendragon
announced its plan to ‘grow and diversify Pinewood’. This included the
key objectives of:
Growing the international user base by 80% and the total user base
by 10%; and,
Further product extension enabling turn-key digital automotive retail
solutions.
In FY23 Pinewood continued to focus on both elements of the 'grow
and diversify' strategy.
Grow: strong international growth continued in FY23 with new
implementations in Denmark and Luxembourg as well as an
expansion of the direct sales model in Asia Pacific. The UK and
Ireland market continued to grow both in terms of users and
revenues.
Diversify: development of the core product continues. New products
designed to support digital automotive retail are being developed to
benefit both Lithia UK / Pendragon and the wider customer base.
Moreover, Pinewood’s strategic partnership with Lithia is expected
to unlock significant opportunities in the North American Market.
Operating Review
Pinewood is a software business that provides Software as a Service
(“SaaS”) in the UK and in a number of countries worldwide.
The automotive retail system market for Franchised Motor Dealers
is estimated to be worth over £100 million in the UK. Two providers
dominate the UK market.
The global automotive retail system market
which is highly fragmented, is estimated to be worth approximately
£3.8bn, with over 50 different providers within Europe alone.
Pinewood’s unique approach to the market is characterised by:
a single product capable of global deployment, which simplifies
future developments to the system and reduces operating costs;
• a feature-rich cloud-based solution, with no need for costly third-
party add-ons;
• focus on strong manufacturer partnerships and supporting dealer
profitability; and
commitment to using the latest technology to reshape motor retail
Pinewood was an early adopter of the SaaS business model and has
focused on developing recurring revenue streams. Today, c.85% of
Pinewood’s DMS revenues are on a recurring basis. Whilst the former
Pendragon dealers (now part of Lithia UK) remain important customers
to Pinewood, as Pinewood has grown, Pendragon’s proportion of the
Pinewood total user base has been diluted to c.15% with intra-group
charging maintained at a competitive market rate.
During FY23, overall user numbers increased by 4% to c.33,100 with
the expansion delivered both internationally as well as in the UK
and Ireland. Across Pinewood’s international markets there was a
9% net increase in user numbers to a record high of c.7,000 users.
International user growth in FY23 was particularly strong in Europe
with Pinewood benefiting from new implementations in Denmark and
Luxembourg.
In addition, Pinewood has further growth aspirations in the Asia
Pacific region and has incorporated a subsidiary in Japan and begun
to recruit a local Japanese team.
This team are involved in the current
implementations taking place in the Porsche dealerships in Japan.
Pinewood’s growth benefits not just from sales to new customers
but also from the expansion of its existing customer base. In
FY23 net user churn in the UK and Ireland (excluding Pendragon)
was less than 2%, as the rate at which existing customers
grew
users
was
nearly
sufficient
to
fully
offset
gross
churn.
In FY23 Pinewood increased its investment in the platform as
development capex rose to £6.8m with 81% of development costs
being capitalised (FY22 82%). New system functionality has been
developed for new markets as Pinewood expands in Europe and Asia
Pacific. Substantial investments have also been made in platform
architecture and security.
There has also been good further progress in terms of OEM support
at an international level. Pinewood continues to build a strong
partnership with Volkswagen AG and Porsche, which has enabled
constructive dialogue and, in some cases, initial user implementations
with large international dealer groups in both the European and the
Asia Pacific market.
Financial Review
Total revenues including intercompany revenue increased by 26.0% to
£32.0m compared to FY22.
Gross profit including intercompany gross profit increased by 25.6%
to £28.5m. The gross margin was broadly flat compared to the prior
period, following the one-off transition to more extensive use of
Microsoft Azure at the end of FY21.
Core Business operating expenses increased by £3.0m or 25.6%
compared to FY22. In FY23 the amortisation charge of £5.2m made
up over a third of operating costs. Alongside rising personnel costs,
the higher amortisation charge drove the operating cost increase, both
reflecting increased investment in the development of the platform
and Pinewood’s operational capabilities.
As a result of these movements, core business operating profit was
£13.8m, an increase of 25.5% compared to FY22.
BUSINESS REVIEW
17
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
UK MOTOR
Following the sale of the UK Motor division to Lithia Motors, Inc on 31
January 2024, the UK Motor segment is now a discontinued operation.
LEASING - PENDRAGON VEHICLE MANAGEMENT
Following the sale of the Leasing division to Lithia Motors, Inc on 31
January 2024, the Leasing segment is now a discontinued operation.
FINANCIAL REVIEW
On 31 January 2024, the UK Motor and Leasing segments, together
with related central support functions, were disposed of to Lithia
Motors, Inc. for £377.5m.
As a result, these segments have been
presented as discontinued operations.
The revenue and gross
profit from discontinued operations in the period was £4,318.0m
(FY22: £3,600.9m) and £485.4m (FY22: £440.1m) respectively.
The
operating profit from discontinued operations, which included the
profit on disposal of businesses and property, plant and equipment,
was £147.6m (FY22: £94.0m).
The sale to Lithia Motors, Inc. resulted in a profit on disposal of
£40.7m.
Consideration was received in cash on 1 February 2024.
The
Group intends to pay a special dividend to shareholders of 24.5p per
share in the second quarter of 2024.
PENSION
Following the sale of the UK Motor and Leasing divisions to Lithia
Motors, Inc on 31 January 2024, all of the Group’s pension obligations
and liabilities have been assumed by Lithia.
REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY (RCF)
The Group has a £10m RCF which matures in February 2027. This
facility was arranged post period end in February 2024.
18
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
RISK OVERVIEW AND MANAGEMENT
PRINCIPAL RISKS
Recognising that all businesses entail elements of risk, the Board
maintains a policy of continuous identification and review of risks
which may cause our actual future Group results to differ materially
from expected results. The Board continues to carry out robust
assessments of the Group’s emerging and principal risks in relation
to its strategy and overall business objectives. The table on pages 20
to 26 is an overview of the principal risks faced by the Group, with
corresponding controls and mitigating factors. The specific risks
are not intended to represent an exhaustive list of all potential risks
and uncertainties. Thorough risk reviews, involving company-wide
participation, have been completed in 2023 by the Risk Control Group.
Following the disposal of the UK Motor and Leasing divisions to Lithia
Motors, Inc., the Group now has a different set of principal risks which
can be seen below.
The risk factors outlined below should be considered in conjunction
with the Group’s system for managing risk, described below and in the
Corporate Governance Report on page 38.
19
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
R
I
S
K
M
O
N
I
T
O
R
I
N
G
A
N
D
O
N
G
O
I
N
G
A
S
S
E
S
S
M
E
N
T
R
I
S
K
I
D
E
N
T
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
R
I
S
K
M
I
T
I
G
A
T
I
O
N
P
L
A
N
N
I
N
G
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
A
C
T
I
O
N
S
I
M
P
L
E
M
E
N
T
R
I
S
K
A
S
S
E
S
S
M
E
N
T
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
Y
A
N
D
B
U
S
I
N
E
S
S
O
B
J
E
C
T
I
V
E
S
STRATEGIC RISKS
FINANCIAL RISKS
OPERATIONAL RISKS
COMPLIANCE RISKS
BOARD
LEADERS &
BUSINESS AREAS
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
Accountability
The Board is responsible for risk management and internal control
within the context of achieving the Group’s objectives. The system of
control the Board has established covers both the Group’s financial
reporting and the mitigation of business and operational risks. The
system is designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure
to achieve business objectives, and can provide only reasonable and
not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.
Financial Reporting
The executive directors oversee the preparation of the Group’s annual
corporate plan; the Board reviews and approves it and monitors actual
performance against it on a monthly basis. Where appropriate, during
the year, revised forecasts are prepared and presented for Board
review and approval. To ensure that information to be consolidated
into the Group’s financial statements is in compliance with relevant
accounting policies, internal reporting data is comprehensively
reviewed. Reviews of the appropriateness of Group accounting
policies take place at least twice a year, under the scrutiny of the Audit
Committee, which considers reports on this from the Group’s Auditor,
the application of IFRS and the reliability of the Group’s system of
control of financial information. Controls are designed to ensure that
the Group’s financial reporting presents a true and fair reflection of the
Group’s financial position.
Operational and Other Risks
Operational management is charged by the Board with responsibility
for identifying and evaluating risks faced by the Group’s businesses
on a day-to-day basis and is supported by the Risk Control Group
(RCG). Risks are reviewed as a top down and bottom up activity. The
content of the risk registers is considered and discussed regularly
through discussion with senior management and review within our
governance committees.
The approach to risk control and the work of the RCG are described
on page 40
The Group continues to follow the principles of the three lines
assurance
model
and
in
addition
to
the
responsibilities
of
management, the Group deploys specialist second line support and
oversight for certain principal risks through dedicated teams including
Finance & Insurance and Health & Safety.
20
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
NO.
PRINCIPAL RISKS
IMPACT BEFORE MITIGATION
MITIGATION
1
INFORMATION AND CYBER SECURITY
Failure to deliver or maintain robust
cyber security credentials throughout
our Dealership Management System
(DMS) services
Failure to protect our software
assets from security threats and
vulnerabilities
Failure of Third-Party Hosting Service
Failure to comply with legal or
regulatory requirements relating to
data security or data privacy in the
course of our business activities
This could lead to our customers being
unable to operate their dealerships
effectively, loss of information and
competitive advantage and potential
regulator action resulting in fines and
penalties
This could lead to theft of intellectual
property, system sabotage, data loss
or misuse, and have a significant effect
on our reputation. Fines and criminal
penalties could be imposed and disruption
to business operations and our ability to
serve customers. Financial results could
be adversely affected
The business monitors cyber security
threats and has systems and processes
in place to deal with incidents relating
to the services they provide. This is
demonstrated through the ISO27001
certification.
We have cyber liability insurance in
place, that includes Cyber Incident
Response Centre, providing access to
expertise to assist during a crisis.
2
PEOPLE
Failure to retain key personnel or
recruit the necessary additional talent
to deliver our strategic ambitions
This could lead to an inability to deliver our
business strategy at the required pace and
quality
We could miss our financial targets and
adversely affect our customers owing to
poor service, including development delays
Loss of key personnel would impact our
development pipeline, our product quality,
and relationships with customer and key
brand partners
Colleague engagement and wellbeing
deteriorates due to people resources being
stretched
Dedicated HR Team who continuously
monitor employee satisfaction through
both quantitative and qualitative
measures.
Talent Management & Recruitment
programme.
The Pinewood Academy ensures
skills are attained prior to joining
the company.
Pinewood Academy
graduates have a high employee
retention rate.
3
CUSTOMER AND SALES PARTNERS
Failure to deliver the service levels
we have agreed with customers and
sales partners
Failure to fulfil the ongoing
contractual agreements we enter
with our customer and sales partners
Loss of a key customer or sales partner
reducing profit and/or limiting growth
• Customer dissatisfaction, leading
to penalties or litigation, affecting
relationships, causing reputational
damage, and impacting our ability to meet
our strategic goals
Strain on colleagues due to the extra
work caused by any slippage in customer
service levels or planned implementation
dates
• Dedicated Business Account
Management team in place.
Each
major customer has an account
manager to provide support and advice
when needed.
Regular meeting with
customers aiming to identify any issues,
and enhance user experience with
demos of new features
Weekly review of Development Backlog
Priorities. Regular review of how realistic
agreed dates with customer are and
communication of expectations with
customers
Backups stored within different
geograpical locations within Azure
RISK OVERVIEW AND MANAGEMENT
21
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
NO.
PRINCIPAL RISKS
IMPACT BEFORE MITIGATION
MITIGATION
4
EXECUTION & SCALABILITY
Failure to implement our strategy
effectively through inability to deliver
product development or sales growth
in-line with the business plan
We miss our financial targets, alienate
key stakeholders, lose customers, and
are unable to invest adequately in our
business
Quality Assurance tests for each piece of
development work
Risk assessment in development process is
now mandatory part of process
5
TECHNOLOGY AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Failure to maintain current
technology, or identify and adapt to
new technological opportunities
This could lead to an inability to
operate effectively, loss of information
and competitive advantage and
potential regulator action resulting in
fines and penalties
This could limit growth and /or
increase operational threats
Multi level sign-off by Product Team;
pre-release functionality reviews with key
Stakeholders; in advance provision of
customer development release notes
Continous investment in Development
(approx. 20% of turnover)
Microsoft Partnership which drives the
business to use latest technology and tools
6
COMPETITION & MARKET CHANGES
Failure to meet competitive
challenges such as entry of a new
competitor, competitor consolidation,
or changes to the franchise dealer
networks or operating model
The relevance of our Dealership
Management System could be
compromised in the event our
customers’ needs change and we do
not adapt
Customers migrate to alternative
software providers
Revenues and profits could decrease
owing to competitor action, and or, a
change in the customer base
Adoption of agile development
methodology; continuous research into new
technologies; the fact that Pinewood is so
technologically advanced makes the DMS
market unattractive to new entrants
Awareness of likely entrants and emergence
of new technology; adoption of agile
development methodology; regular monthly
management reviews
7
MICRO-ECONOMIC, POLITICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
Global economic and business
conditions deteriorate, impacting
customers’ willingness or ability to
pay for our software or adopt a new
system
Failure to manage or mitigate
currency exchange rate fluctuations
Loss of a key customer reducing profit
and/or limiting growth
Amounts owed by customers are not
settled on time, or customer becomes
insolvent, adversely affecting cashflow
and liquidity
Financial results are adversely
impacted by loss on foreign exchange
rate exposure
There is effective management of Aged
Debts
Customer deposits are taken to mitigate
against customer insolvency
22
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
RISK OVERVIEW AND MANAGEMENT
NO.
PRINCIPAL RISKS
IMPACT BEFORE MITIGATION
MITIGATION
8
BUSINESS RESILIENCE & COMPLIANCE
Failure to comply with legal and
other requirements across multiple
territories and respond to changes
which could have a material effect
on our business model
Failure to manage the increased
demands and costs of operating
our organisation on a PLC basis
Failure to respond to changes in
legislation, such as in relation to
environmental, employment, and
governance, which could lead to
shareholder and other stakeholder
dissatisfaction
• Business disruption arising
from inadequate knowledge
of territory-specific regulatory
requirements, and or,
development of appropriate
operational/financial controls
This could lead to fines,
criminal penalties, litigation
and an adverse impact on our
reputation, financial results, and/
or our ability to do business
Resources are diverted to
address urgent remediation, as
well as taking proceedings or
defending legal or regulatory
action
Before we enter a new market, we carry out pre-
entry market evaluation, which includes seeking
legal advice and understanding national compliance
requirement
We also carry out proof of concept implementations
as well as reviewing other ERP systems in those
markets
The following risks related to the UK Motor and Leasing divisions which were disposed of to Lithia
Motors, Inc. on 31 January 2024. These risks no longer exist post disposal:
NO.
PRINCIPAL RISKS
IMPACT BEFORE MITIGATION
MITIGATION
9
STRATEGY
Failure to adopt the right strategy,
or
Failure of our adopted strategy to
deliver the desired outcomes, or
Failure to implement our strategy
effectively
Delay to strategic delivery and
investment financial constraints
We miss our profit growth and/
or debt management target,
alienate key stakeholders and
are unable to invest adequately
in our business
We do not meet our customers’
needs by not achieving a
coherent, connected and
engaging customer journey,
leading to us to be less
competitive and losing market
share
Our strategy is informed by significant research and
market data
We communicate effectively our adopted strategy to
our stakeholders. Our strategic priorities were fully
refreshed during 2021 and refined further in 2022 and
full details are included on pages 25 to 31 of the 2022
Annual Report
We invest appropriately in the technological, physical
and human resources to deliver our strategy, closely
monitor performance against our objectives, and
adjust our actions to meet our strategic goals. Our
Director of Strategy and Transformation, together with
other dedicated resources, supports the delivery of our
strategic initiatives and provides robust governance,
including financial tracking
Our sophisticated management information identifies
threats to the success of our strategy both during the
planning and implementation phases, and informs
mitigating actions, both directionally and operationally
We ensure that we monitor our manufacturer and third
party customer service measures and take action in
the event of low scores
We focus strongly on efficient use of working capital
through embedded disciplines, especially in relation to
vehicle inventory
We review capital expenditure plans to ensure our ROI
objectives are achievable
Our business plan has been fully refreshed in 2022 and
has taken into account the latest economic predictions
23
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
NO.
PRINCIPAL RISKS
IMPACT BEFORE MITIGATION
MITIGATION
10
MANUFACTURER RELATIONSHIPS
Dependence on vehicle
manufacturers for the
success of our business
Failure to maintain
sustainable, mutually
rewarding relationships
with our manufacturers
Failure of, or weaknesses in our vehicle
manufacturers’ financial condition, reputation,
marketing, production and distribution capabilities
such as the shortage of semi-conductors
along with the current Ukraine invasion limiting
production of components, and other disruptions
to the supply chain; or the effectiveness of the
supply chain response to EU Trade Deal Rules of
Origin; or a lack of alignment with manufacturers’
reduced new vehicle supply due to lack of
components and manufacturing capability
Failure to adapt to the impact of lower new vehicle
registrations on future aftersales revenue streams
within our business
Failure to adapt to manufacturer reductions in sale
distribution point numbers as volumes fall, either
planned or by limits to production, along with the
removal of some product lines due to their inability
to build profitability
Failure of our vehicle manufacturers to develop
within required timelines to meet both regulatory
and consumer requirements around BEV and
hybrid emission vehicles
Introduction of new Chinese manufacturers into
Europe and UK providing competitively priced BEV
products in direct competition to our traditional
OEM partner products
Failure to maintain good relations with our
franchisors either through day to day activities
or our strategic decisions impairs our ability to
generate good quality earnings
Failure to positively adapt to OEM consolidation
such as the creation of multi brand operations and
network rationalisation
Failure to positively adapt to changes
manufacturers are introducing or may make to
their business models, including the introduction
of agency distribution models, ensuring agency
agreements are not infringing any regulatory
requirements, direct sales to customers, increased
involvement in the used vehicle market, and other
changes that may affect the traditional dealer
franchise model
Failure to positively adapt to changes in
Competition regulation, for example via the
outcome of the Aftersales block exemption review
due in May 2023 which could change current
protection impacting qualitative selective AR
agreements, or agency introduction
Our diverse franchise representation avoids
over reliance on any single manufacturer
Our close contact with our vehicle
manufacturers seeks to ensure our
respective goals and strategic decisions
are communicated, understood and
aligned, to deliver mutually acceptable
performance
To compensate lower volumes, margins
increased with greater demand than
availability
Our appropriately targeted investment in
franchise assets and our performance
maintains our reputation as a quality
representative for our brand manufacturers
Seeking multi brand representation
through single sites to mitigate lower
aftersales opportunities from lower new
vehicle volumes, and greater new volume
throughput per store
Build relationships with new OEM partners
repurposing current locations, offering
dual representation whilst the used and
aftersales market builds
Our investment in marketing initiatives
and our online presence supplement and
enhance our market presence and offering
over and above manufacturers’ marketing
efforts
Our diverse franchise representation
ensures new vehicle inventory is supplied
from a wide variety of sources
Our model of developing and maintaining
revenues from used vehicles, aftersales,
and our software and leasing segments
reduces our overall reliance on new vehicle
franchises
Our ongoing innovation and investment in
customer choice as to how they wish to
purchase a vehicle makes us an attractive
partner to OEMs
Our close contact with our vehicle
manufacturers ensures we are able
to identify potential supply issues and
collaborate to limit any impact on our
customers and our business performance
24
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
NO.
PRINCIPAL RISKS
IMPACT BEFORE MITIGATION
MITIGATION
11
COMPETITION
Failure to meet competitive
challenges to our business
model or sector
Customers migrate to alternative
providers
• Intermediary companies establish
a barrier between us and our
customers
New forms of competition would
have less barriers to competitors
entering the market
Revenues and profits could
decrease owing to competitor
action
• Consolidation of existing
competitors could provide
economies of scale, product range
and customer reach that makes our
customer offer less competitive
The market could become more
fragmented as on-line, click
and collect, home delivery and
subscription models become more
attractive ways of purchasing to
customers
• Emerging distributors activities
affect our ability to secure
sufficient used inventory
New OEM brands entering the
market with advanced BEV
technology
Our detailed market and sector monitoring systems
assist early identification and effective response to any
competitive or intermediary threats
Our scale, expertise and technological capabilities
enable rapid and flexible response to market
opportunities
Technical equipment costs and OEM connectivity
solutions for aftermarket repairs are likely to limit the
number of intermediary repairers creating greater
retention levels
Reducing dependency on intermediary companies within
the new vehicle space, by further investing within our
own website capability providing visibility of all new
vehicle unsold physical and pipeline inventory
Agency models reduce the risk of new vehicle supply
leaking out to intermediaries giving greater protection to
the brand distributor
Consolidating OEMs, along with the ability to multiband
key market facilities, help to represent more brands
through one rooftop, providing greater sales and
aftermarket volumes
Emerging specialism, such as battery repair factories
within densely represented market regions create future
aftermarket opportunities for national distributors such
as ourselves who have the ability to adapt facilities and
invest
Our well-developed customer relationship management
capabilities and ongoing innovation and investment
in our online platforms, customer offer and fulfilment
tools aim to drive industry-leading service and attract
customer loyalty
We continually seek to develop new methods of
customer interaction, particularly online. This enables
the business to anticipate changing customer needs
Expanding relationships with new emerging brands,
along with stronger OEM relationships allow for greater
market area representation and coverage for sales and
aftersales
RISK OVERVIEW AND MANAGEMENT
25
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
NO.
PRINCIPAL RISKS
IMPACT BEFORE MITIGATION
MITIGATION
12
ENVIRONMENTAL
Progression towards
greener technologies,
autonomous driving, and/
or pay-per-use, rather than
owning a vehicle
UK taxes change to penalise
road use, fuel type, vehicle
use and to increase VAT
Failure to adapt to the
changes arising as a result
of the Government’s future
ban on sale of petrol, diesel
and hybrid powered vehicles
OEMs restricting distribution
of certain vehicle models
in the UK in response to
emission targets
Failure to recognise and
minimise the environmental
impact of our business
activities
Customers choose greener vehicles
we cannot supply
Overall vehicle parc reduces
Increases in electricity costs
reduces customer demand causing
used BEV values to fall, impacting
negatively the overall cost of
ownership
Vehicle purchase and use declines,
adversely affecting revenue
opportunities
Lower demand for petrol, diesel and
hybrid vehicles and potential impact
on vehicle residual values
Government policy and consumer
sentiment in respect of petrol, diesel
and/or hybrid vehicles impacts the
sale of one or all types of these
vehicles
Reductions in sales volumes or
margins due to loss of certain
product lines and future aftersales
opportunities
Investment cost to adapt to a broad
range of BEV products by 2030 and
PHEV and MHEV by 2035 is not
adequately considered
We represent vehicle brands which are responding
effectively to the greener technology agenda and latest
Government timescales
Our represented OEM partners have the ability to grow
within the light commercial vehicle sector offering a
blend of hybrid and full electric BEV options to satisfy the
growing demand of home and business delivery
We identify trends in demand through our sophisticated
management information and analysis tools and tailor
our model accordingly
We monitor sales and demand of all vehicles by fuel type
whilst using our sophisticated management information
and analysis tools ensuring our inventory matches
consumer demand, and can target supply by territory
market depending on set emission rules
Our breadth of relationships with asset finance
companies and geographic footprint help us to provide
innovative mobility solutions for private and business
vehicle users, whatever their needs. These provisions
can be delivered through our national footprint locations,
or via online platforms
We maintain the right level of tax expertise to interpret
and assess proposed changes, respond with well-
informed advice and effectively assist our strategic
planning and the design and implementation of
appropriate mitigating actions
The Group’s Environment Policy has recently been
refreshed, in order to provide further specific oversight
and direction as to the impact of the Company’s
activities on climate change, nature loss, solid waste
(including single use plastics) and resource availability.
We continue to develop, enhance and monitor our
operational standards, ensuring that environmental
priorities are accounted for appropriately in planning and
decision making, and where possible, the impact of our
activities on the environment is reduced or minimised
We carefully monitor the future product offerings of our
current and future OEM partners, along with emerging
brands, ensuring we maintain and grow partnerships with
those producing relevant product meeting consumer
demands
26
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
NO.
PRINCIPAL RISKS
IMPACT BEFORE MITIGATION
MITIGATION
13
REGULATORY AND COMPLIANCE
Failure to comply with legal
and other requirements and
respond to changes which
could have a material effect
on our business model,
for example, such as our
ability to provide Finance
& Insurance products to
our customers, or adverse
changes in trade tariffs
Failure to respond to
changes in legislation, in
particular in relation to
environmental, employment,
and governance, which could
lead to shareholder and other
stakeholder dissatisfaction
This could lead to fines, criminal
penalties, litigation and an adverse
impact on our reputation, financial
results, and/or our ability to do
business
We may be restricted from
continuing certain business
activities, such as those regulated
by the FCA
Resources are diverted to address
urgent remediation, as well as
taking proceedings or defending
legal or regulatory action
The ability to obtain appropriate
inventory is impeded and/or
purchase costs rise
We maintain appropriate expertise to interpret, assess
and respond to proposed changes in regulation, enabling
us to adapt our model and processes to comply with
changes in a seamless manner
Our culture focuses strongly on good compliance, with
emphasis on doing the right thing and delivering good
performance
We operate a Finance & Insurance Services Regulatory
Board with a supporting governance framework and
continue to review and invest in systems and processes
to minimise the risk of non-compliance to FCA
regulations
Our team of compliance specialists design, and we
communicate effectively, processes that support our
businesses to minimise the risk of non-compliance
across a range of areas
In the case of new vehicles, our diverse representation
mitigates the risk and for parts we maintain alternative
sources of supply where possible
In September 2021 we implemented a committee
to provide strategic direction and oversight to our
Environmental, Social and Governance agendas.
The work of the committee will be informed by our
self-assessment of ESG practices, which has been
completed using an independent benchmarking tool.
Further information can be found at page 29 within our
ESG Report
RISK OVERVIEW AND MANAGEMENT
27
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
VIABILITY STATEMENT
VIABILITY STATEMENT
In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate Governance
Code, published by the Financial Reporting Council in July 2018
(the ‘Code’), taking into account the company’s current position and
principal risks, the Directors have assessed the viability and prospects
of the company over the three-year period to 31 January 2027.
The
Directors believe this period to be appropriate as the Group’s strategic
planning encompasses this period.
Following the sale of the UK Motor and Leasing divisions to Lithia
Motors, Inc. and the payment of the special dividend of 24.5p per share
on 7th May 2024, the Group in forecasting to be in a net cash position.
The Group’s three-year review considers the Group’s profit and loss,
cash flows, debt and other key financial ratios over the period. During
this period, the three-year review forecasts indicate that the Group will
be highly cash generative.
These metrics are subject to a stress-test that has a 10% reduction in
revenue.
Given the Group’s activity is Software as a Service (SaaS),
with net customer ‘churn’ of c.2%, as well as annual price increases
for all customers that are out of their initial three year contract, this
is a severe but plausible downside scenario.
When the 10% revenue
reduction was applied in FY24, the Group was still forecast to generate
£2.9m of cash in the year.
The Group has a £10m RCF facility that they
do not expect to utilise.
Based on the results of this analysis, the Directors have a reasonable
expectation that the company will be able to continue in operation
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period of
their assessment. The Directors are mindful of the potential impact
of a macro-economic downturn but after assessing the risks do not
believe there to be a material risk to going concern.
In addition, further discussion of the principal risks affecting
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC can be found within the Annual
Report and Accounts on pages 18 to 26. The risk disclosures section
of the consolidated financial statements set out the principal risks the
Group is exposed to, including information and cyber security, people,
customers and sales partners, execution and scalability, technology
and information systems and competition & market changes.
The
Board considers risks during the year through the Risk Control Group
and annually at a Board meeting with ad hoc reporting as required.
The principal risks and the mitigation steps that the Board considered
as part of this viability statement were as follows:
• Faliure to deliver or maintain robust cyber security credentials
throughout our system.
We mitigate these risks by monitoring
cyber security threats and having systems and processes in place
to deal with incidents, which is demonstrated through the ISO
27001 certification. We also have cyber liability insurance in place,
that includes Cyber Incident Response Centre, providing access to
expertise to assist during a crisis.
The ability to retain key personnel or recruit the necessary additional
talent to deliver our strategic ambitions.
We mitigate these risks
through a dedicated HR team who monitor employee satisfaction
and a talent management & recruitment programme.
During FY23, the Board carried out a robust assessment of the
principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten
its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.
The
Directors believe that the Group is able to manage its business risks
successfully, having taken into account the current economic outlook
and the results of the severe but plausible downside scenario for the
three-year viability period. Accordingly, the Board believes that, taking
into account the Group’s current position, and subject to the principal
risks faced by the business, the Group will be able to continue in
operation and to meet its liabilities as they fall due for the period up
to 31 January 2027.
Approved by order of the Board
Ollie Mann
Chief Financial Officer
25 April 2024
28
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
29
Environmental, Social and Governance Report
30
Environmental Report
37
Social Report
38
Corporate Governance Report
42
Board of Directors
44
Audit Committee Report
48
Nomination Committee Report
50
Remuneration Committee Report
51
Directors’ Remuneration Report
62
Directors’ Report
DIRECTORS’ REPORTS
29
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE
As set out in some detail at page 5 of this Annual Report, following
the successful completion of the sale of the Group’s motor retail and
leasing businesses to Lithia UK Holding Limited on 31 January 2024
(the “Disposal”) the Group is now a pure-play, independent Software
as a Service (“SaaS”) business, trading under the name of Pinewood
Technologies Group PLC.
As a result of the transaction described above, the Group now
considers it necessary to reassess and reset our approach in terms of
our environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) objectives, ensuring
they are appropriate to, and focused on the SaaS business the Group
has now become.
To this end, the Company’s ESG committee will
Establish cyber security and ESG engagement sessions to deliver
an effective ESG strategy and conduct a deep dive on Pinewood’s
climate strategy;
Set out where the Group aspires to be in the future, in terms of
future targets and plans to improve our ESG reporting and the
efficacy of the measures we implement;
Establish how the Group aims to achieve our targets, with
appropriately defined milestones achievable over the short term
(within 2 years), medium term (within 2-5 years) and long term
(over 5 years), against which we can monitor our progress, and
what action we intend to take where we identify our progress has
been behind target.
Clearly, the disposal of the Group’s motor retail and leasing businesses
changes the entire premise and emphasis of our ESG strategy and
implementation from that reported in the prior year; we anticipate that
investors will recognise this although we intend to ensure that our ESG
initiatives remain embedded into both our strategic objectives and
remuneration incentives going forward.
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT
Pinewood continues to operate a formal Environment Policy; which
has been reviewed and updated, reflecting our position as a pure-play
SaaS business. We continue to recognise our responsibility to protect
the environment and minimise the environmental impact of our
activities. In partnership with our employees, customers and suppliers,
the Group aims to operate to high standards of environmental
protection appropriate to its business activities.
The Group’s Environment Policy includes specific oversight and
direction from the Board of directors as to the impact of the Group’s
activities on climate change and resource availability. We will
continue to develop, enhance and monitor our operational standards,
ensuring that environmental priorities are accounted for appropriately
in planning and decision making, and where possible, the impact of
our activities on the environment is reduced or minimised.
In accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(8), we set out in the TCFD
overview table beginning on page 30 certain climate-related financial
disclosures aligned to the four recommendations and eleven
recommended disclosures contained within the TCFD additional
guidance (Implementing the Recommendations of the Task Force on
Climate Related Financial Disclosures (2021 TCFD Annex)).
The Group is also required to comply with the Companies (Strategic
Report) (Climate-related Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022
amended sections 414C, 414CA, and 414CB of the Companies Act
2006, (UK Climate-related Financial Disclosures (CFD)).
Within the TCFD overview table, we have also included disclosures
by each of the recommended disclosures, identifying whether
we consider such disclosures to be either consistent with the
recommendations of the TCFD or, where disclosures have only been
partially made or omitted, a further description of any steps taken
or planned to ensure our disclosures are consistent in the future,
including relevant timeframes.
In particular, of the eleven TCFD recommended disclosures,
considering these as a pure-play SaaS business, the Company
considers that it is consistent with full disclosure for 9 items and
partially consistent with 2 disclosures : (i) Strategy B - financial impact
of climate related risks - due to the disposal, we have not been able
to assess the impact that climate related risks may have on the SaaS
business. This includes the impact climate related risks may have on
the group's financial planning process. We will continue to assess the
impact climate related risks may have on financial planning in the next
financial year. ii) Metrics and Targets B - Scope 3 emissions - Scope
3 emissions have been disclosed only for emissions from employee
commuting. This is due to the Group not currently having the ability to
capture the required additional data sets for the remaining scope 3
categories. We will look to enhance the collation of scope 3 emissions
data in the next financial year. As more specifically set out in the TCFD
Overview tables on pages 30 to 33.
30
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
TCFD OVERVIEW
Disclosure Level:
Full
Partial
Omitted
Recommendation
Recommended
disclosures
Summary of Progress/ Measures planned to ensure future
consistency with the recommendation
Reference
Disclosure
Level
GOVERNANCE
Disclose the
organisation’s
governance
around
climate-related
risks and
opportunities
a) Describe the
Board’s oversight
of climate
related risks and
opportunities
The Board is responsible for our climate ambition and our
approach to climate related risks and opportunities, embodied
in our Environment Policy which is reviewed annually.
The
Board is ultimately responsible for setting the Group’s risk
appetite and for risk management and internal control
systems, delegating authority to the Audit Committee, ESG
Committee and Risk Control Group in setting the Group’s risk
appetite and implementing appropriate oversight of ESG risks.
Although the ESG Committee did not meet formally in 2023,
given the focus on the disposal, it will meet at least twice
annually, and reporting of ESG matters is a standing agenda
item at Board meetings.
ESG matters will also be considered
by the recently formed Strategy Working Group, which will
meet at least four times per annum, and more frequently
if required.
The ESG Committee will consider how climate
related risks and opportunities impacts on budgets, business
plans and will decide how climate-related strategies are
implemented, as well as monitoring progress.
FY 24 priorities
We will continue to consider the impact of climate related
risks at Board level, in the context of the consideration of
our strategy, including how climate related issues potentially
impact our strategy and financial performance. ESG
committee to meet formally.
Annual Report
Environmental,
social and
governance
report page 29
b) Describe
management’s role
in assessing and
managing climate
-related risks and
opportunities
The Board as a whole is ultimately accountable for the Group’s
climate strategy and approach to TCFD, however the Board
has established an Environmental, Social and Governance
(ESG) Committee to assist the Board.
The ESG Committee will meet at least twice a year and
comprises the Group Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Group
Chief Financial Officer (CFO), a non-executive director from
the main Board and other members of the senior management
team as appropriate.
It will receive reports from senior
managers to ensure that progress is being made towards
meeting the Group’s specific Climate Risk (CR) KPIs and
ongoing CR commitments, including greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions
reduction targets and plastics recycling initiatives.
Together with the Risk Control Group (RCG), the ESG
Committee exercises day to day oversight of climate risks.
The ESG Committee has a direct reporting line to the Audit
Committee and will provide suitable reports as to its progress.
The Audit Committee meets at least three times a year and
comprises all the independent Non-Executive Directors of the
Board. In line with the governance process used for financial
management, it considers the potential impact of climate
change on the financial statements, including the output of
the Group’s scenario analysis, the costs to achieve the Group’s
climate related and environmental targets and their impact on
the financial statements and related disclosures.
FY 24 priorities
Continue to consider appropriate ESG reporting, including
considering how climate-related issues are factored into
budgets, business plans, performance objectives, capital
expenditure and investment decisions. Climate will be further
considered in our energy and other supplier procurement
processes.
Annual Report
Environmental,
social and
governance
report page 29
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT
31
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
TCFD OVERVIEW
Disclosure Level:
Full
Partial
Omitted
Recommenda-
tion
Recommended
disclosures
Summary of Progress/ Measures planned to ensure future consist-
ency with the recommendation
Reference
Disclosure
Level
STRATEGY
Disclose the
actual and
potential
impacts of
climate-
relates
risks and
opportunities
on the
organisation’s
businesses,
strategy and
financial
planning
where such
information is
material
a) Describe
the climate-
related risks and
opportunities the
organisation has
identified in the
short, medium
and long term
The material climate related risks and opportunities were considered
for the pre-disposal group and are set in the table at page 34 of
this report. Given the Disposal, the
Group is now a pure-play SaaS
business leaving little residual climate risk in the remaining business.
The Group will explore the range of climate impacts that may have
the potential to present short term (meaning within 2 years which is
our budgeting period), medium term (meaning 4-5 years aligned to
the period of our strategic forecasting) and long term (greater than 5
years) risks and opportunities to Pinewood as documented at pages
20 to 22 of this report.
Medium term risks for Pinewood include
matters such as the increasing cost of energy, with longer term risks
including items such as the resilience of cloud hosting provision
depending on geographic location and potential exposure to extreme
weather phenomena. Further climate risk and opportunity screening
exercise will provide further analysis on the pure-play SaaS business
going forwards.
FY24 priorities
Given the disposal, the Group is now a pure-play SaaS business. We
will work towards reassessing the impact climate related risks may
have within the next financial year.
Annual
Report
Risk
Management,
page 25
Environmental,
social and
governance
report page 29
b) Describe the
impact of climate
related risks and
opportunities on
the organisation’s
businesses,
strategy and
financial planning
Given the disposal, the group is now a pure-play SaaS business with
two physical office locations and cloud based hosting. As such, the
group does not expect climate related factors to have a significant
impact on the products and services (dealer management system
software licenses) that it will offer going forwards.
FY24 priorities
The group is yet to assess the impact climate related factors will
have on the products and services offered. We expect to perform this
exercise in the next financial year.
Annual Report
Risk
Management,
page 25
Environmental,
social and
governance
report page 29
c) Describe the
resilience of the
organisation’s
strategy,
taking into
consideration
different climate
related scenarios,
including a 2
o
C or
lower scenario
The group has considered the impact climate related risks may have
on the SaaS business taking into consideration two climate related
scenarios:
below 2 degrees: As a pure play SaaS business, the group will be
providing software licenses in the future. As such, we do not expect
this climate related scenario to have a significant impact on the
products and services that the Group will offer.
above 3 degrees: We do not expect our products or services to be
significantly impacted under an increased physical risk scenario.
The Group leases two physical office locations which are located
in urban areas. These locations are not expected to be significantly
affected by climate risks and the group has contingency measures
for remote working for all employees. Servers are leased from third
party providers who have contingency plans in place to address any
physical risks to ensure continuity of services provided to the Group.
In line with the above, the Group considers itself to be resilient to
climate related physical risks.
FY24 priorities
The Group aims to perform a more in-depth climate related risk scenario
analysis to align itself better with the new SaaS operating model.
32
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
TCFD OVERVIEW
Disclosure Level:
Full
Partial
Omitted
Recommendation
Recommended
disclosures
Summary of Progress/ Measures planned to ensure future
consistency with the recommendation
Reference
Disclosure
Level
RISK MANAGEMENT
Disclose
how the
organisation
identifies,
assesses
and manages
climate related
risks
a) Describe the
organisation’s
processes for
identifying and
assessing climate-
related risks
Environmental is included as a principal risk as part of our
risk management overview processes. The ESG Committee
continue to review, assess and consider any climate related
risks which may impact upon our operations, and report to the
RCG, and ultimately the Audit Committee and Board where
necessary.
Our approach to the identification and assessment of climate-
related risks fits into our already established risk management
framework. These risks are identified, classified and assessed
alongside the other risks which the Group faces. See pages
18
to 26 on risk management in the Group. Climate change
risks and, where applicable, opportunities are reported to the
Executive Team and the Board. Climate-related risks have been
assessed in accordance with our Group risk framework and we
have continued to consider climate change as an emerging risk
to our business, rather than a principal risk.
FY24 priorities
The Group intends to further revise its Environmental Policy, in
the context of being a pure-play SaaS business, and ensuring
that a specific focus on climate related issues become
embedded in the Policy.
As detailed above, consideration of
climate related issues will become a standing agenda item of
the Board.
Annual Report
Risk
Management,
page 25
b) Describe the
organisation’s
processes for
managing climate
related risks.
The business is subject to regular risk identification,
assessment and review, which includes consideration of
environmental and climate related risk.
Climate risk is
considered a sub-risk to our main environmental risk. See
pages 18 to 26 on risk management in the Group.
FY24 priorities
We intend to use the outcome of our climate risk and
opportunity screening process to further inform and support
the monitoring of any climate related risks identified.
Annual Report
Risk
Management,
page 25
c) Describe
how processes
for identifying,
assessing and
managing climate
related risks are
integrated into
the organisation’s
overall risk
management
Environmental is included as a principal risk as part of our
risk management overview processes.
Climate change has
been considered as part of the environmental risk and is
not considered to be a standalone principal risk.
The ESG
Committee will continue to review, assess and consider any
climate related risks which may impact upon our operations
and report to the RCG, and, ultimately, the Audit Committee and
Board where necessary.
FY24 priorities
Develop a specific sub-risk designed to identify, manage and
assess climate related risks
Annual Report
Risk
Management,
page 25
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT
33
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
TCFD OVERVIEW
Disclosure Level:
Full
Partial
Omitted
Recommendation
Recommended
disclosures
Summary of Progress/ Measures planned to ensure future
consistency with the recommendation
Reference
Disclosure
Level
METRICS AND TARGETS
Disclose the
metrics and
targets used
to assess
and manage
relevant
climate-relates
risks and such
opportunities
where such
information is
material
a) Disclose the
metrics used by
the organisation
to assess climate-
related risks and
opportunities in line
with its strategy and
risk management
process
The Group has been reporting on energy and carbon emissions
since 2013. More information on the Group's carbon emissions
is provided on page 36.
FY24 priorities
Given the disposal transaction, we plan to revise our climate
related metrics and consider additional metrics relevant to the
new business in the next financial year.
Annual Report
Environmental,
social and
governance
report page 29
b) Disclose Scope
1, Scope 2 and, if
appropriate, Scope
3 (greenhouse gas
(GHG) emissions
and the related risks
The Group discloses scope 1, scope 2 and scope 3 emissions
in line with the GHG protocol. Further details on carbon
emissions is provided on page 36. The Group currently
discloses only scope 3 employee commuting carbon
emissions due to the inability to capture data for remaining
scope 3 categories. See disclosures at page 36 of this Annual
Report.
FY24 priorities
The group aims to enhance the data capture process for the
remaining scope 3 categories in the next financial year.
Annual Report
Environmental,
social and
governance
report page 29
c) Describe the
targets used by
the organisation to
manage climate-
related risks and
opportunities and
performance against
targets
The Group has currently set interim targets, namely:
• achieve an overall reduction in carbon emissions by 5% by
year end 2024; and
• reduce our use of single use plastics procured through the
Group's supply chain and increase the amount of single use
plastics recycled.
FY24 priorities
Due to the disposal, the group will look towards developing
additional targets relevant to the pure play
SaaS busines
Annual Report
Director’s
Remuneration
Report, page 55
Environmental,
social and
governance
report page 29
34
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Area
Risk
Time horizon
and scenario
Impact and
rating
Metric
Policy &
Legal
Increased reporting requirements and adverse energy
regulation due to climate change
The Pre-Disposal Group was already impacted by regulation
introduced to reduce energy use and emissions.
Given the
Disposal, however, the costs and resource required to ensure
the Group remains compliant with additional
motor vehicle
and climate change related reported will cease.
Medium term,
although
no longer
applicable
following the
Disposal
Minor
Annual cost (£) of
internal resources
used to monitor
climate legislation
and compliance:
will reduce
following the
Disposal.
Carbon pricing mechanisms
The potential introduction of a carbon tax in the UK for the
motor vehicle sector could increase vehicle manufacturing
and transportation costs.
However, given the Disposal and
the nature of the post-Disposal business, carbon emissions
will automatically decrease as the carbon footprint of
the Group decreases due to both its smaller size and the
nature of its operations as a pure play software as a service
business.
Medium term,
although
no longer
applicable
following the
Disposal
Minor
No relevant metric.
Market Risks
Changing consumer preferences (such as to BEVs) and
increased sensitivity to ESG
For the Pre-Disposal Group, a reduction in consumer
spending could have an adverse effect on revenue and
profitability. With environmental awareness growing in
importance, customers may have changed their preferences
to purchase more sustainable alternatives, including BEVs.
Given the Disposal, changing consumer preferences as they
applied to the pre-Disposal Group should not impact the post-
Disposal Group as the Group becomes a pure play software
as a service business.
Medium term,
although
no longer
applicable
following the
Disposal
Minor
The Pre-Disposal
Group recorded
the annual number
of BEVs and PEVs
sold; this will no
longer be a concern
for the post-
Disposal Group.
Increased costs of raw materials
Increases in raw material costs in supply chains could
adversely affect the profitability of the Pre-Disposal Group,
with climate change likely to result in increased raw material
costs, supply disruptions and delayed deliveries.
Increased
energy costs impacted the pre-Disposal Group.
However,
given the Disposal and the nature of the post-Disposal
business, which is significantly less dependent on raw
materials and supply chains for its operations, the impact will
be significantly reduced.
Longer Term,
although
no longer
applicable
following the
Disposal
Minor
Annual cost (£)
of material and
equipment supply.
Availability of raw materials
For the pre-Disposal Group, a reduced supply of vehicle
components could result in a supply of vehicles and parts not
meeting the pre-Disposal Group’s demand, leading to delays
and disruptions, impacting our revenue streams.
However,
given the Disposal and the nature of the post-Disposal
business, which is significantly less dependent on raw
material availability its supply chains for its operations, the
impact will be significantly reduced.
Longer Term,
although
no longer
applicable
following the
Disposal
Minor
Number of
suppliers who cite
delays relating to
the availability of
raw materials used
in manufacturing.
Percentage annual
increase in energy
prices.
Outlined below are the material climate related risks and opportunities as applicable to the pre-disposal combined group (“Pre-Disposal Group”)
for the 13 month period prior to the sale of the Group’s motor retail and vehicle leasing businesses to Lithia UK Holding Limited on 31 January
2024.
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT
35
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Area
Risk
Time horizon
and scenario
Impact and
rating
Metric
Reputation
Risks
Cost of capital linked to sustainability criteria
With the increasing importance of ESG and sustainability,
stakeholder concern for developing our ESG programme is
likely to increase. Failing to proactively communicate how we
will reduce our environmental impact could result in the loss
of potential capital, whether debt or equity.
Short term,
although
unlikely to be
applicable
following the
Disposal
Moderate
Annually evaluating
sustainability
criteria on capital.
Loss of revenue linked to damaged reputation
Reputational damage from a customer perspective
could be material and significantly affect the business's
financial performance. Customers could switch to our
competitors, who are performing better in relation to ESG and
sustainability.
However, given the Disposal and the nature
of the post-Disposal business, which is less reliant on retail
customer/end user reputation and review, this risk will be will
be significantly reduced
Short term,
although
unlikely to be
applicable
following the
Disposal
Minor
We constantly
review press
reports and social
media commentary.
Technology
risks
The operational impact of the shift to lower emissions
alternatives & BEVs
For the pre-Disposal Group, shifting the product range to
more efficient and sustainable products would have been
a gradual process until 2035. The pre-Disposal Group
anticipated increasing demand for BEVs, in all timeframes,
and was ready for this change from a sales perspective.
However, equally, the pre-Disposal Group was aware of
the impact this would have on aftersales revenue. BEVs
have fewer parts, use fewer fluids, do not possess exhaust
systems and exhibit lower wear from use (for example,
regenerative braking decreases wear on brake pads). The
pre-Disposal Group expected total aftersales revenue
opportunities to decrease as demand for BEVs increases.
However, BEVs will still need to be serviced and repaired by
highly trained technicians, with similar servicing schedules
to ICE engines. The pre-Disposal Group planned to take
advantage of this BEV specialisation over its independent
competitors, who may need more preparation time to deal
with widespread BEV servicing demands (refer to opportunity
two).
Again, given the Disposal and the nature of the post-Disposal
business, there will be no operational impact of the shift to
lower emissions alternatives and BEVs going forward.
Short term,
although
unlikely to be
applicable
following the
Disposal
Minor
Annual revenue
(£) relating
to aftersales
servicing.
Costs to transition to lower emissions technology and BEVs
BEVs are already increasing their market share annually.
Newer sustainable technology will come onto the market
over the coming years. Adopting or deploying new practices
or processes would have come at a cost to the pre-Disposal
Group business. However, the pre-Disposal Group expected
changes to occur gradually over time, and as it aimed to
reduce its carbon emissions, it may have needed to invest in
lower-emission technology, including but not limited to the
transition to BEVs, resulting in increased costs.
Given the Disposal and the nature of the post-Disposal
business, there will be no costs of transitioning to lower
emissions technology going forward.
Short term,
although
unlikely to be
applicable
following the
Disposal
Minor
Annual cost (£)
associated with
training technicians
for BEV servicing.
Annual cost (£)
associated with
installing BEV
infrastructure, such
as charging points
36
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Area
Risk
Time horizon
and scenario
Impact and
rating
Metric
Resource
Efficiency
On-site renewable energy
Mitigating carbon pricing through investing in renewable
energy is an opportunity. By installing renewable solar PV
at pre-Disposal Group sites, energy costs can be further
reduced. The pre-Disposal Group total carbon footprint can
be reduced by procuring renewable energy for its sites for the
remainder of its energy use.
Following the Disposal, the property estate will be reduced to
office accommodation in Birmingham, and a small satellite
office in London, with limited opportunity to install renewable
energy sources.
Short term
Minor
Annual energy
generation potential
(KWh) from on-site
renewable energy
schemes
Energy efficiency in operations
Investment in resource efficiency across the pre-Disposal
Group will lower energy intensity and lead to cheaper and
more consistent operating costs, enhancing operational
efficiency. This will be accomplished by decreasing energy,
water, and waste across the pre-Disposal Group. The power
needed for the pre-Disposal Group’s workshops, heating,
ventilation, air conditioning, and lighting were its primary
energy users.
Following the Disposal, the post-Disposal Group will not
perform any material operations which could benefit from
resource efficiency investments.
Short term
Minor
Annual percentage
change in Scope 1
and 2 emissions
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT
GLOBAL GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS DATA
The current period is a 13 month period and the prior period is a 12 month period.
Methodology: (i) Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions have been reported where the Group has operational control of a property or an asset. This includes emissions from driving activities as
detailed in note (ii).
(ii) CO2 emitted from driving activity comprising internal vehicle movements (scope 1) and employee commuting (scope 3) is the result of analysis of mileage, vehicle
and employee commute data over defined three year periods (2021-23 for 2023 data and 2020-2022 for 2022 data) to quantify the total mileage and C02 emissions across internal operations
(company cars, service loans, demonstrators, parts vans and employee commutes.
Vehicle sales are outside the scope of the review).
The mileage of vehicles was extracted from vehicle
stock and sales information.
A vehicle master list was provided from CAP HPI to provide carbon emissions data for each vehicle. Employee home and work postcode information was used to
calculate commuting distances, with an average C02 emissions per mile (based on the UK average) used to calculate total emissions (iii) Other than employee commuting, scope 3 emissions
are currently not included, as the business does not have the capability to capture the required additional data set. Following the completion of the divestment of the motor retail, leasing
and parts businesses on 31 January 2024, the Company is now a pure-play SaaS business: consequently, we have extrapolated the global greenhouse gas emissions data for the remaining
Pinewood only business in the table above. (iv) We use the latest UK Government GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting, published by DEFRA, to calculate our greenhouse gas
emissions.
Source
Tonnes of CO
2
e
31.12.23 to 31.01.24
01.01.22 – 31.12.22
Scope 1: Direct emissions from activities
for which the company own or control –
emissions generated by its internal fleet
operations (Scope 1/tCO
2
e)
3,634
2,630
Scope 2: Indirect emissions from the use
of purchased electricity and gas (Scope 2/
tCO
2
e)
13,373
12,169
Scope 3: emissions generated by employee
commuting (Scope 3/ tCO
2
e)
6,793
6,548
TOTAL GROSS SCOPE 1, 2 & 3
EMISSIONS:/ tCO
2
e
23,800
21,347
Energy consumption used to calculate
above emissions:/kWh (Scope 2)
69,931,129
65,517,250
Scope 1, 2 & 3 Intensity Ratio (tonnes of
CO2 per £m of revenue)
5.5
5.9
For the purpose of the above table, interms of impact and rating:- Minor shall mean the risk has relatively little , or non-material financial impact; Moderate shall mean the risk has a moderate
financial impact Major shall mean the risk has a major or material financial impact.
37
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Number of Group Employees by category
as at 31 January 2024
as at 31 December 2022
Male
Female
Total
Male
Female
Total
Director
8
2
10
7
1
8
Senior Manager
3
0
3
7
2
9
All employees
142
76
218
4,022
1,312
5,334
OUR PEOPLE
We aim to be a responsible employer through all that we do. The health,
safety and wellbeing of our associates are primary considerations in
the way we do business. We work to attract, develop and retain the
best talent, equipped with the right skills for the future.
OUR INCLUSION
We strongly believe that diversity, inclusion and equality of opportunity
for all our associates, no matter who they are, will be essential to our
future success. People are the heart of our business and we remain
committed to fostering a culture that is representative of the societies
in which we live. We aim to ensure that our associates can bring their
authentic selves to work and achieve their full potential and have
established four core diversity Employee Resource Groups centred
around; LGBT+, Gender Equality, Faith and Culture and Disability to
enable and give voice to the diverse membership of our associates.
Throughout all our attraction, recruitment, selection, employment and
internal promotion processes, all employment decisions are taken
without reference to irrelevant or discriminatory criteria.
We continue to make appointments at Board and immediately below
Board level in accordance with a formal, rigorous and transparent
procedure. Appointments are based on merit and objective criteria,
and within this context, we aim to promote diversity of gender, social
and ethnic backgrounds, alongside cognitive and personal strengths
in accordance with Principle J of the UK Corporate Governance Code
(Code).
GENDER BALANCE
We describe our approach to Board composition diversity in the
Nomination Committee’s report on page 48.
SOCIAL REPORT
GENDER PAY GAP REPORTING
The company’s annual report containing data on our gender pay gap
will be published in full on our website www.pinewoodplc.com in
accordance with the statutory timescale.
OUR REWARD
We regularly review our benefits offering and have robust practices in
place to ensure we offer an industry competitive total reward package.
We continue to invest in our market leading benefits platform which
enables our associates to see the full value of their package with us,
and also offers flexibility and choice with their benefits. The platform
also extends to everyday offers and discounts.
Pinewood continues to invest in pension scheme arrangements and
insured benefits to ensure our associates are protected in the event of
an unexpected change of circumstances relating to health.
OUR DEVELOPMENT
Training and development is tailored and targeted to roles or services
as part of a blended learning offering integrating online learning with
virtual and classroom training.
Training is systematically planned and delivered to ensure Pinewood
meets regulatory and statutory requirements and to ensure that both
our associates and customers are not exposed to any risks. Individual
and business development needs are identified in real time through
performance check-ins and skills sensing networks.
Prior to the disposal transaction on 31 January 2024 the Group had 5,548 employees and the table above reflects the number of employees post disposal as at 31 January 2024 and the
comparative for the Group as at 31 December 2022.
38
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
The UK Corporate Governance Code (Code) applies to the Company
and is available on the FRC website at https://www.frc.org.uk. During
the period ended 31 January 2024, the Company complied with the
majority of the applicable provisions of the Code, with the exception
of the provisions detailed below in the 'Non-compliance with the
Code' section.
The corporate governance statement as required by
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 7.2.1 is set out below.
OUR BOARD
The Board sets our Company’s strategy and ensures we have in
place the financial and human resources to meet our objectives.
We take collective responsibility for Pinewood’s long term success.
The
executive
directors,
led
by
the
chief
executive
officer,
are
responsible for running the Company and our Group through the
executive committee comprising of the executive directors and
members of senior management to effect that strategy, including the
environmental, social and governance impacts of the same, and work
within prescribed delegated authority, such as capital expenditure
limits.
The executives direct and monitor business performance
through regular operational meetings with their respective leadership
teams and set and regularly review the effectiveness of key operating
controls, reporting to the Board on these and any variances.
The
Board as a whole reviews management performance.
Although the Board delegates to the chief executive and chief financial
officer responsibility for briefing key stakeholders, major shareholders
and the investor community, the non-executive chairman holds
himself available to engage with shareholders, together with the
Senior Independent Director, where appropriate.
Information from
engagement with shareholders is shared with the entire Board and
taken into account in financial planning and strategy.
The Board has three committees: Audit, Nomination and Remuneration,
each made up entirely of non-executive directors. The Risk Control
Group (RCG) is a committee of the executive directors, the company
secretary and Group head of internal audit.
Other members from the
senior management of the Group’s operating group functions are
co-opted onto the RCG as required from time to time.
In addition,
the Board has established an Environmental, Social and Governance
(ESG) Committee, which is mandated to assist the Board in: reviewing
the strategies, policies and performance of the Company in relation
to environmental, social and governance matters and proffering ways
to drive improvement in these areas as appropriate, understand the
Company’s impact on the environment, understanding the Company’s
social impact and ensure that the Board is aware of the processes and
mechanisms used by the Company to engage with key stakeholders
on sustainability matters.
Each committee operates within delegated
authority and terms of reference, set by the Board, reviewed annually
and available to view on the company’s website.
Details of each
committee’s work appear on the next few pages of this Report.
Executive Directors can attend Board committees at times, to assist
their business, but only with the committee’s prior agreement.
LEADERSHIP AND BOARD COMPOSITION
As at 25th April 2024, the Board comprises two executive directors,
five non-executive directors, including the non-executive chairman
and two directors nominated by Lithia Motors Inc.
The respective
responsibilities of the Board, the non-executive chairman and
the chief executive are clearly defined by the Board in formal
responsibilities documents, which the Board reviewed and readopted
in April 2023. The roles of chief executive officer and non-executive
chairman are fully segregated.
The Board remains committed to the
progressive refreshing of our membership, so as to maintain the right
balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the
Company to enable us to continue to operate effectively.
Following
the announcement on 30 June 2023
of Ian Filby’s decision to stand
down as non-executive chairman, the Board has not yet appointed a
successor, primarily due to the process of disposing of the UK Motor
and leasing divisions, which was took priority in the second half of
2023 and in early 2024 and hence Ian has continued in his role as
Chairman.
Once this recruitment is complete, the Board considers
that an appropriate combination of executive and non-executive
directors will be in place in accordance with the Code.
As noted below, in accordance with the Code, all Directors will be
subject to annual re-election at the Annual General Meeting of the
company.
Details of the Directors offering themselves for election
in 2024, together with directors’ brief biographical details appear on
page 42, and gender balance details are on page 37.
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND INDEPENDENCE
The non-executive chairman (who, on appointment to that role,
fulfilled the requirement to be independent) has ensured that the
Board performs effectively through a well-functioning combination of
Board and Committee meetings and other appropriate channels for
strategic input and constructive challenge for non-executive directors.
The chairman has had meetings with the non-executive directors
without the executive directors present, where necessary, to assist
Board effectiveness, and, following the 2023 year end, conducted
individual meetings with each director to arrive at his and the Board’s
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
PINEWOOD TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC BOARD
MAIN BOARD COMMITTEES
NOMINATION
COMMITTEE
REMUNERATION
COMMITTEE
AUDIT
COMMITTEE
EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE
RISK CONTROL
GROUP
OPERATIONAL MEETINGS
ESG
COMMITTEE
39
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
40
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
assessment of the director’s respective contributions, training needs
and independence.
Led by the senior independent director, the
directors have assessed the chairman’s effectiveness in his role.
The Board has routinely operated conflict management procedures
and has deemed these procedures effective.
Through these, and the
evaluations which are described below, we have concluded that:-
the Board’s collective skills, experience, knowledge of the
company and independence allow it and its committees to
discharge their respective duties properly;
the Board and each of its committees is of the right size and
balance to function effectively;
we have satisfactory plans for orderly succession to Board roles;
the non-executive chairman and respective committee chairmen
are performing their roles effectively;
all non-executive directors are independent in character and
judgment;
other than the Lithia appointed directors, which will be
managed through the conflict clearance process, no director
has any relationships or circumstances which could affect their
exercising independent judgement; and
the non- executive chairman and each of the non-executive
directors is devoting the amount of time required to attend to the
company’s affairs and their duties as a Board member.
During 2023, the Board received briefings from company executives
to familiarise directors with strategic developments and key aspects
of the Group’s business, and in particular, in relation to the proposed
and subsequent divestment of the Company’s motor retail, parts
distribution and leasing businesses.
BOARD EVALUATION
The Board and its committees conducted formal evaluations of
their effectiveness in 2023, addressing questions based closely on
the Code, applicable good governance topics and drawn from best
corporate practice. The results were reviewed by the non-executive
chairman, the Committee chairmen and the Board as a whole and the
non-executive chairman has factored suggested improvements into
our 2023 Board programme.
More details on the Board’s approach to
individual and Board evaluation are on the company’s website.
RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all current
Directors will be subject to annual re-election or election (in the case
of new Directors) at the AGM.
NON-COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE
The Chairman of the Board, Ian Filby, was also Chairman of the
Remuneration Committee from 1 January 2023 to 10 July 2023,
at which point Jemima Bird became a director and Chair of the
Remuneration Committee. Following the decision of Mike Wright to
step down as a non-executive director and chair of the remuneration
committee to pursue other interests in June 2022, it was necessary
for Ian Filby to chair the committee on a temporary and interim basis
to ensure the effective continuation of the business of the committee,
until such time as an independent chair with recent and relevant
experience was appointed.This was not compliant with provision 32
of the Code.
On 31 January 2024, Oliver Mann was appointed as an executive
director and on 1 February 2024, Mark Willis stepped down as an
executive director.
Therefore, for one day, on 31 January 2024, there
was non-compliance with provision 11 of the Code, as at least 50% of
the board, excluding the chairman, were not independent.
INFORMATION AND SUPPORT
To ensure our decisions are fully informed and debated, the chairman
ensures that our Board’s business agenda is set timely to allow
appropriately detailed information to be circulated to all directors
before meetings.
The company secretary facilitates the flow of
information within the Board, attends all Board meetings and is
responsible for advising the Board and its Committees, through
their respective chairmen, on corporate governance and matters of
procedure.
All directors have access as appropriate to support on
matters of procedure, law and governance and in relation to their
own induction and professional development as Board members.
All
directors are entitled to take independent advice at the Company’s
expense, and to have the Company and other Board members provide
the information required to enable them to make informed judgements
and discharge their duties effectively.
HOW THE BOARD MANAGES RISK
The Board and our Committees each operate to a set meeting agenda
which ensures that all relevant risks are identified and addressed by
appropriate controls.
We review management information which
helps us to prescribe operating controls and monitor performance
against our strategy and business plans.
The non-executive
directors have particular responsibility for monitoring financial and
performance reporting, to ensure that progress is being made towards
our agreed goals.
The Board’s responsibilities also include assessing
the effectiveness of internal controls and management of risk.
To
manage risk within the Group, the Board have considered reports
produced by the internal audit team in the period and where material
issues have arised have sought to mitigate these issues. After these
mitigations were put in place, the Board has considered the control
environment to be effective.
WORK OF THE RISK CONTROL GROUP
The accountability framework described on page 19 is designed
to ensure comprehensive management of risk across the Group’s
businesses.
A revised, overarching Risk Management Policy
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
41
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Current Directors
Board
Audit
Nomination
Remuneration
William Berman
(B)
10/10
3/3
N/A
N/A
Jemima Bird
1 (I) (R)
4/4
2/2
2/2
2/2
Martin Casha
2
8/9
N/A
N/A
N/A
Dietmar Exler
(I) (SID)
10/10
2/3
N/A
3/4
Ian Filby
3 (N)
9/10
N/A
3/4
3/4
Nikki Flanders
(I)
7/10
3/3
3/4
4/4
Brian Small
(I) (A)
9/10
3/3
4/4
4/4
Mark Willis
10/10
3/3
N/A
N/A
Oliver Mann
4
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Chris Holzshu
4
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
George Hines
4
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(I) Considered by the Board to be independent
(SID) Senior Independent Director
(A) Committee chairman
(N) Committee chairman
(R) Committee chairman
1. Joined the Board on 10 July 2023, consequently attendance reflects the period 10 July 2023 onwards.
2. Stepped down from the Company on 07 October 2023; consequently, attendance reflects the period 01 January 2023 to 07 October 2023.
3. Announced he was stepping down to pursue other interests on 30 June 2023.
Ian has continued in his role until a successor can be found.
4. Joined the Board on 31st January 2024, consequently there were no meetings held in the period which they were eligible to attend
BOARD ATTENDANCE
was introduced in October 2019, and reviewed and renewed in
October 2023, setting out the principles and approaches by which
we implement effective enterprise risk management.
The Risk
Management Policy remained appropriate in 2023.
The RCG, made
up of the chief operating officer, former chief financial officer and,
by invitation, other members of the Group’s senior operational and
financial management, meets regularly to consider the detailed work
on risk assessment performed by leaders and key business areas and
oversees the effective implementation of new measures designed to
mitigate or meet any specific risks or threats. The chair of the Audit
Committee, and a representative of the external auditors attend by
invitation.
The RCG reports to the Audit Committee on its work. The
Board and any of its committees is able to refer specific risks to the
RCG for evaluation and for controls to be designed or modified; this
occurs in consultation with executive management.
The executive
directors are responsible for communicating and implementing
mitigating controls and operating suitable systems of check.
The RCG
met three times in 2023.
In addition to reviewing and refining the Group’s corporate risk register
for Board review and adoption, the RCG continues to monitor and
review the Group’s anti-bribery controls, including the development
of e-learning, gifts and hospitality training, Modern Slavery Act 2015
awareness and further initiatives designed to reduce incidences of
theft and fraud.
The RCG ensures any internal control deficiencies
identified are swiftly remediated.
42
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Bill joined the company on 18 April 2019 as a Non-Executive Director,
and became Chief
Executive Officer on 19 February 2020.
Formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer
of AutoNation, the largest automotive retailer in America, Bill has executive experience in
the effective deployment of automotive technology management systems, enabling him to
provide effective leadership of Pinewood’s Board and advise in relation to the Company’s
future strategy.
Brian joined the company on 10 December 2019, following an extensive executive career in
the retail sector, where most recently he held the position of Chief Finance Officer at JD Sports
Fashion Plc between 2004 and 2018.
Brian is also non-executive director and chairman
of the Audit Committee of Mothercare Plc. Brian qualified as a chartered accountant with
Price Waterhouse in 1981, and with industry experience across a range of retailers, he brings
additional financial and strategic perspectives to the Board.
Nikki joined the company on 01 April 2020 and has over 25 years in-depth retail experience,
from physical to online, leading on growth and transformation strategies across multiple
goods and services categories, including digital services, energy and telco products.
She is
currently the Managing Director of the Customer division (UK and Ireland) at SSE plc. Her
previous roles include that of Chief Operating Officer at Drax plc, Managing Director for Digital
at Telefonica Plc and other senior leadership roles within Centrica Plc, Marks and Spencer plc
and WH Smith plc. Nikki is widely recognised as a leading advocate for Diversity & Inclusion
and in conjunction with her career experience brings deep commercial, customer and people
leadership experience with valuable insights.
Key to memberships, roles and re-election status
* Committee chairman
** Acting Committee chairman from 01 June 2022
(SID) Senior Independent Director
(A) Audit Committee
(N) Nomination Committee
(R) Remuneration Committee
(F) Audit committee member with recent and relevant financial
experience
More detailed professional biographies of the Directors are on the
Company’s website www.pinewoodtech.com
BILL BERMAN
Chief Executive Officer
BRIAN SMALL
Non-Executive Director
(A*) (N) (R) (F)
NIKKI FLANDERS
Non-Executive Director
(A) (N) (R)
Ian joined the company on 01 November 2021 as non-executive chairman, following a 40 year
career in retail, a large proportion of which was spent with Alliance Boots.
In his last executive
role, Ian was the chief executive officer of furniture retailer DFS, which significantly increased
its market leadership in both online and in physical stores during his tenure; Ian’s extensive
executive experience enables him to provide effective leadership of Pinewood’s Board and
advise in relation to the company’s future strategy.
IAN FILBY
Non-executive Chairman
(N*)
Ollie joined the company in December 2005.
He previously worked at Deloitte, where he
qualified as a chartered accountant. He has held a number of senior finance roles across the
then wider organisation including Group Financial Controller and Director of Group Finance.
Ollie had a key role in the disposal of the UK Motor and Leasing divisions of the Company
to Lithia Motors, Inc. Ollie’s accounting, financial and investor relations experience adds
significant value to the Board.
OLLIE MANN
Chief Financial Officer
43
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Chris joined the Pinewood board on 31 January 2024 and currently serves as Executive Vice
President and Chief Operations Officer for Lithia & Driveway (LAD). Since joining LAD in 2003,
the organisation has experienced tremendous growth under his leadership, now exceeding
USD $35 billion in revenue and #145 on the Fortune 500.
LAD is the number one automotive
retailer in the North America, with continued expansion expected across the United States,
Canada and Western Europe. Over the past two decades, Chris’ leadership experience at LAD
also includes serving as a Chief Financial Officer and Chief People Officer which position him
to bring a unique operational and change management perspective to the Pinewood Board.
Jemima joined the company on 10 July 2023.
Jemima is the founder of Hello Finch Limited,
a strategic brand and marketing consultancy alongside being a Non-Executive Director and
chair of the Remuneration Committee for both Headlam Group PLC and Revolution Bars PLC,
where she is also the Senior Independent Director. Jemima beings three decades of retail
experience across multiple consumer sectors including food, fashion and leisure.
Company Secretary
Oliver Mann
Registered Office
Loxley House
2 Oakwood Court
Little Oak Drive
Annesley
Nottingham
NG15 0DR
Telephone 01623 725200
Registered in England and Wales
www.pinewoodtech.com
Registered number
2304195
CHRIS HOLZSHU
Director
JEMIMA BIRD
Non-Executive Director (A)
(N) (R)
Dietmar joined the company on 20 April 2020, following an extensive executive career including
experience in the automotive sector, banking and sports management.
Dietmar currently serves
as Chief Operating Officer of AMB Sports & Entertainment. Prior to that, he held the position
of President and Chief Executive Officer of Mercedes-Benz USA and Head of Region, NAFTA
Mercedes-Benz. His previous automotive sector specific executive experience, enables Dietmar
to contribute the industry perspective in relation to the deployment of dealer management
systems and is of significant value to the Board. Dietmar was appointed SID on 24 February 2021.
DIETMAR EXLER
Non-Executive Director
(SID) (A) (N) (R)
George joined the Pinewood board on 31 January 2024, and brings 30 years of software product
development and digital transformation leadership in retail, eCommerce, hospitality and live
event marketing to our Board. George currently serves as the Chief Innovation & Technology
Officer for Lithia & Driveway (LAD). In his role, he drives digital innovation, technology strategy
and execution for LAD’s 500+ automotive retail stores, eCommerce channel and automotive
finance company. Additionally, he brings a focus on human-centered design from customer
and employee experience transformations.
George’s international work experience in South
America and Europe will provide a global perspective on leveraging auto retail technology
platforms for the Pinewood Board.
GEORGE HINES
Director
44
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
The Audit Committee is a committee of the Board and has been
chaired by Brian Small since January 2020, made up entirely of independent
non-executive directors.
Their names and qualifications are on page 42 and
attendance at meetings in the table on page 41.
KEY RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
monitors the integrity of the financial statements and formal
announcements
reviews and approves the Annual Report and Accounts for
adoption by the Board
recommends to the Board the selection of the external auditor
and its terms of appointment and monitors its effectiveness and
independence
governs policy for the allocation of non-audit work to the audit
firm
reviews internal controls and risk management
monitors the effectiveness of the internal audit function
reviews and monitors whistleblowing arrangements
Its terms of reference detail its key responsibilities and appear, with
relevant background information, on the company’s website www.
pinewoodtech.com.
THE COMMITTEE'S WORK THE PERIOD BEGINNING
1 JANUARY 2023
The Audit Committee met three times in the period and this report
describes its work and conclusions.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS REVIEW
The
Committee
received
the
auditor’s
memorandum
on
the
company’s 2022 financial statements and the auditor’s memorandum
on the unaudited 2023 interim results.
In each case, it discussed the
auditor’s findings with the auditor, satisfied itself of the integrity of the
financial statements and recommended the financial statements for
approval by the Board. Key aspects of those discussions and relevant
considerations and conclusions are below:-
AUDIT RISK CONSIDERED BY THE COMMITTEE
The table on page 45 sets out the key audit risks and judgments
applied, for the 2023 year end results, which the Committee considered
and discussed with the auditor, and the Committee’s conclusions.
45
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
These are the key risks considered by the committee.
Audit risk considered by the Committee
Evidence considered and conclusion reached
PRESENTATION OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND CALCULATION OF PROFIT AND LOSS ON DISPOSAL
(IN THE GROUP AND PARENT COMPANY)
The disposal group trading results to the disposal date (31
January 2024) are required to be presented as part of discontinued
operations, with comparative results restated on a consistent basis.
At the disposal date, assets and liabilities of the disposal group
were derecognised from the consolidated balance sheet, with the
difference between the value of net assets disposed of and the
proceeds from the disposal recognised in the consolidated income
statement as a gain on disposal.
The disposal was effected through the sale of a 100% owned
indirect subsidiary of the parent company.
Ahead of the disposal,
a restructuring exercise was undertaken which recognised an
impairment in subsidiaries and a dividend received, resulting in a
profit on disposal in the parent company.
The Audit Committee recognised the disposal of the UK Motor and
leasing business as a key accounting matter because of the size
of the disposal group as a proportion of the overall group and the
consequent disclosure requirements.
The committee considered an accounting paper produced by a
third party specialist that gave assurance that the Company had
sufficient distributable reserves to pay the special dividend of 24.5p
to shareholders
The Committee followed the steps set out in the accounting paper
prepared by the third party, and ensured that all conditions of the
Lithia disposal SPA were adhered to.
As a result, the committee were
comfortable that the correct profit on disposal had been calculated.
The disposal group was deemed to have met the criteria as an 'asset
held for sale' once the transaction with Lithia had been approved by
shareholders.
When considering the discontinued operations, the committee
determined that PLC costs and Legacy US Motor costs should be
included in continuing operations, as they will be incurred by the
Group going forward.
Audit risk considered by the Committee
Evidence considered and conclusion reached
CAPITALISATION OF SOFTWARE INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The Company has capitalised software development costs. There
is judgement in determining whether the Pinewood system is one
asset or whether it would be more appropriate to identify a number
of separate assets.
The Company consider the system to be one
asset.
The Committee consider the Pinewood system to be one asset
which is continuously developed.
The system is the same version
in all countries that the customers operate in.
The updates that are
done to the system, which can be several times a week, are rolled
out across all countries at the same time.
For this reason, the
Committee is comfortable with the conclusion that the Pinewood
system is one asset.
These are the other risks considered by the committee.
46
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
EXTERNAL AUDITOR APPOINTMENT
AND PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
The Committee considered Auditor effectiveness and independence
of the audit, during the year.
The Committee arrived at its recommendation to the Board on the
auditor’s appointment by:
applying exclusively objective criteria;
evaluating the ability of the audit firm to demonstrate its
independence;
assessing the effectiveness of the audit firm in the performance
of its audit duties; and
assessing the audit firm’s adherence to applicable professional
standards.
The Committee chairman oversaw the company’s evaluation of the
auditor’s performance, and noted that the current auditor, KPMG had
issued to the company all requisite assurances of its independence.
The Committee reported its conclusions to the Board, namely, that
there are no existing or historical relationships or other matters which
adversely affect the independence of KPMG as the company’s auditor,
and no performance shortcomings or unresolved issues relating to
fee levels.
The lead audit partner, Craig Parkin, was appointed in early 2021.
POLICY ON AUDIT TENDERING
KPMG was appointed as auditor in September 1997. Under current
EU legislation on audit firm rotation, the current auditor cannot be
reappointed after 2023.
Consequently, the period ended 31 January
2024 will be the final period which KPMG will act as the company’s
auditor. Following the conclusion of a competitive tender process and
pending approval at the AGM, RSM UK Audit LLP will be appointed as
the Company’s auditor for 'the 11 month period ended 31 December
2024 onwards.. The Committee has concluded none of the directors’
independence in considering this matter is impaired in any way and
none has a potential or actual conflict of interest in relation to KPMG
or in the consideration of the appointment of an alternative auditor
pursuant to the tender process, whether in regard to
appointment,
fees, evaluation of performance or potential performance, any
decision as to competitive tender for audit services, or any other
matter.
REVIEW OF NON-AUDIT SERVICES
The Committee reviewed the company’s policy on its use of its audit
firm for non-audit work. Its main principles are that the auditor is
excluded from providing certain non-audit services the performance
of which is considered incompatible with its audit duties, but is
eligible to tender for other non-audit work on a competitive basis and
can properly be awarded such work if its fees and service represent
value for money. The policy can be viewed on the company’s website.
The Committee considered reports on the extent and nature of non-
audit work available, the allocation during the year of that work to
accountancy and audit firms, including KPMG LLP, and the associated
fees. Details of audit and non-audit work performed by KPMG and the
related fees appear annually in the notes to the company’s financial
statements.
A full statement of the fees paid to KPMG LLP for
work performed during the year is set out in note 2.5 to the financial
statements on page 93. Having satisfied itself on each item for its
review, the Committee reported to the Board that:-
the company’s existing policy continues to be appropriate, has
been adhered to throughout the year, and is operating effectively
to provide the necessary safeguards to independence of the
external auditor;
there are no facts or circumstances relating to the award or
performance of non-audit work that affect the independence of
KPMG LLP as auditor;
no contract for non-audit services has been awarded to KPMG
LLP in any circumstance of perceived or potential conflict of
interest or non-compliance with the company’s policy; and
the fees KPMG LLP have earned from non-audit services
provided during the year are not, either by reason of their amount
or otherwise, such as might impair its independence as auditor.
The ratio of non-audit to audit fees was 0.48:1 in FY23 (FY22:
0.13:1). Non-audit fees in the period relate to the half year interim
review, consistent with prior periods, and reporting accountant
procedures in relation to the disposal related circular work which
the Committee determined was most appropriately performed
by the Company’s auditor and were satisfied that this did not
impair their independence as auditor.
REVIEW OF INTERNAL AUDIT PERFORMANCE
The Committee chairman oversaw the Committee’s evaluation of
the internal auditor’s performance, using questionnaires covering
all aspects of the internal auditor work and relationship to the audit
and received the auditor’s view on that performance. He reviewed the
results with the Committee members and company management and
reported the Committee’s conclusions to the Board. The Committee
concluded that the scope and quality of the internal audit work done
reflects an effective, well-functioning team. The internal audit function
has moved to Lithia following the disposal of the UK Motor and
Leasing segments.
The committee is currently evaluating it's options
on replacing the internal audit function.
FRC CORPORATE REPORTING REVIEW
The FRC Corporate Reporting Review Team (“FRC”) asked the
company to clarify its approach to assessing the recoverable amount
of its directly-held subsidiaries, with particular reference to amounts
excluded from cash flow forecasting for cash generating units (CGUs)
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
47
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
and adjustments overlaid on value-in-use estimates, and an apparent
inconsistency relating to the extent of estimation uncertainty involved.
We responded to the FRC, who having confirmed they had received
a satisfactory response to our enquiries, encouraged the company
to enhance its explanation of the methodology applied, where that
differs from the assessment of CGUs for the consolidated accounts.
We also agreed to ensure that the key estimates disclosure relating
to assets and liabilities in the parent company’s balance sheet in the
FY23 annual report and accounts is reflective of any significant risk at
31 January 2024.
The FRC also invited the company to comment on their observations
on aspects of its compliance with the Taskforce for Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations, as required by the
Listing Rules, principally in respect of climate-related effects on
strategy and relevant metrics and targets.
We agreed to enhance its TCFD disclosures by including in its FY23
annual report and accounts: an analysis of the key risks over defined
short-, medium- and long-term horizons; risks, impacts and mitigations
that are specific to its circumstances; further detail linking metrics to
material risks and opportunities; clarification of the nature of metrics
used to form views on likely trends in demand; and further details of
carbon reduction targets, with the related timeline.
The FRC review that lead to them asking the company about these
matters was based on our annual report and accounts for the year
ended 31 December 2022 and did not benefit from any detailed
knowledge of our business or an understanding of the underlying
transactions entered into.
This work by the FRC provides no assurance
that our report and accounts are correct in all material respects; the
FRC’s role is not to verify the information provided but to consider
compliance with reporting requirements.
REVIEW OF RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
The Committee reviewed the effectiveness of the company’s system
of internal control and financial risk management. It received reports
from the internal auditor on each of these areas and from the RCG,
whose work is described on page 40 on the company’s risk register,
emerging risks and corresponding internal controls. It scrutinised
the key risks register, as revised by the RCG, and approved it for
adoption by the Board. Its work informed and supported the Board’s
assessments detailed under “How the Board manages risk” on page
40.
REVIEW OF ANTI-BRIBERY CONTROLS AND WHISTLEBLOWING
The Committee reviewed the company’s anti-bribery processes and
controls and evaluated and approved these and the company’s bribery
risk assessment. On its recommendation, the Board readopted the
company’s anti-bribery policy statements and associated controls.
The Committee considered reports on known instances of alleged
wrongdoing and matters reported on the company’s third party
operated confidential reporting line and their investigation, reviewed
the adequacy of whistleblowing procedures and commissioned
follow-up action and improvements in risk-related controls.
Our current anti-bribery value statements and our policies on the
control of fraud, theft and bribery risks appear on the company’s
website and are drawn to the attention of all parties seeking to
transact with the Group.
Our whistleblowing procedures are published
internally on our intranet and their existence is regularly reinforced in
our team member communications.
The policy is available at www.
pinewood.co.uk
There have been no incidents of actual corruption or bribery recorded
in our businesses in
FY23.
APPROVAL
This report was approved by the Committee and signed on it’s behalf
by:-
Brian Small
Chairman of the Audit Committee
25 April 2024
48
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
The Nomination Committee is chaired by Ian Filby, who assumed the role
on his appointment as non-executive chairman following his
appointment
in November 2021.
Dietmar Exler, the Senior Independent Director,
chaired one meeting during the year in relation to matters concerning the
succession of the non-executive chairman. The Nomination Committee is
made up entirely of independent non-executive directors. Their names and
qualifications are on page 42 and attendance at meetings in the table at
page 41 above.
KEY RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE NOMINATION COMMITTEE
reviews the Board’s size, structure and composition and leads
recruitment to Board positions
undertakes annual Board performance evaluation
satisfies itself on the company’s refreshing of Board membership
and succession planning
Its terms of reference detail its key responsibilities and appear, with
relevant background information, on the company’s website www.
pinewoodtech.com.
THE COMMITTEE’S WORK IN 2023
The Nomination Committee met four times in 2023 and in early 2024
to conclude its ordinary year end business. This report describes its
work and conclusions.
REVIEW OF BOARD COMPOSITION AND BALANCE
In February 2023, the Committee completed its year end work
by reviewing
the structure of the Board, in relation to its size
composition and potential vacancies, the combination of executive
to non-executive directors and the balance of the Board, to ensure
that no one individual or group of individuals dominated discussion of
decision making.
Other than the requirement to recruit an additional
non-executive director to fulfil the role of Remuneration Committee
chair, the Committee concluded that the size and structure outlined
still remained appropriate for the Company, and considered that both
the size, structure and balance of the Board remained appropriate,
although the structure did not preclude the appointment of additional
directors, such as non-executive directors with specialist skills should
the Committee, and ultimately the Board, consider it necessary and
prudent to do so in line with the execution of the Company’s strategy.
The adequacy of time devoted by the non-executive directors to Board
business, and the independence of the non-executive directors was
also considered and the Committee concluded that all non-executive
directors were able to devote sufficient time to their roles, and all
remained independent.
In addition, the Committee further noted that
Ms Nikki Flanders and Mr Dietmar Exler should be recommended for
reappointment as non-executive directors on further one year terms
on conclusion of their current appointments in December 2023.
In July 2023, the Committee met to consider and recommend the
appointment of Jemima Bird as an additional non-executive director
and
chair
of
the
Company’s
Remuneration
Committee:
Jemima
was duly appointed to the Board on 10 July 2023.
The Committee
further considered the appropriateness of appointing additional
non-executive directors recommended by key shareholders of the
Company; the Committee concluded that it would be prudent to pause
the progression of any such appointments at that time on the basis
that the disposal of the Company’s UK Motor and leasing businesses
was in progress, and secondly, the appointment of a non-executive
chairman to succeed Mr Filby should ideally occur before any further
appointments to the Board are considered and concluded.
The Committee met twice in August 2023 to consider in detail the
Board and Committee structure of the Company post-completion
of the disposal of the Company’s UK Motor and leasing businesses,
including the size, composition and structure of the Board as well as
consideration of candidates for certain executive director positions.
The committee met in the last quarter of 2023 to consider the
appointment of the new Chief Financial Officer and the two Lithia
Motors, Inc. directors that all would be joining the board once the
Lithia transaction completed.
49
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
EVALUATION
The annual evaluations of the Board and its members were conducted
by the Board and are described on page 40. As part of that process,
the Committee conducted an evaluation of its own performance.
DIVERSITY
All appointments made, including those of Board members, adhere
to the company’s diversity and equal opportunities policy, which
can be viewed on the company’s website. For non-executive director
appointments, where executive search consultants are instructed,
they are done so in a manner in a manner consistent with this policy.
The Committee is mindful of the proposals outlined in the FCA Policy
Paper: Diversity and Inclusion on Company Boards and Executive
Management, and will aim to consider how the company will aim
to comply the recommendations where they align with its overall
business strategy.
At present, the
company has not adopted a gender
balance target for its Board, although continues to make appointments
at Board and immediately below Board level in accordance with a
formal, rigorous and transparent procedure.
Appointments are based
on merit and objective criteria, and within this context, we aim to
promote diversity of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, alongside
cognitive and personal strengths in accordance with Principle J of
the Code.
In order to further this objective, we continue to partner
with external recruitment agencies, and maintain our relationship
with agencies committed to reaching and providing access to diverse
talent pools to assist with these processes.
As required by the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule
(“DTR”) the Board notes that at the end of the year, two of the ten
directors were female, representing 20% which is below the DTR target
of 40%. There is a further DTR target whereby at least one of the roles
of Chair, SID, CEO or CFO is held by a female, which the Company did
not meet due to the current make-up of the Board of directors. Finally,
the DTR has a target that at least one Director is from a minority ethnic
background, which the Company did not meet due to the current make-
up of the Board of directors. We would like to further strengthen the
Board’s diversity and enhance our sector experience. We are scanning
the market for suitable potential future candidates to recruit when the
time is right.
50
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
The Remuneration Committee is a committee of the Board, and is
currently chaired by Jemima Bird. It is comprised entirely of independent
non-executive directors. Their names and qualifications are on pages 42
and 43 and attendance at meetings in the table on page 41.
KEY RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMITTEE
has delegated responsibility for determining the policy for
Executive Director remuneration and setting remuneration for
the chairman, executive directors, the company secretary and
the immediately below board level of senior management;
reviews workforce remuneration and related policies and the
alignment of incentives and rewards with culture, taking these
into account when setting executive director remuneration;
ensures that executive directors are provided with appropriate
incentives which align their interests with those of shareholders,
and encourage enhanced performance in the short and medium
term, as well as achievement of the company’s longer term
strategic goals;
determines targets for any performance related pay schemes;
seeks shareholder approval for triannual renewal of remuneration
policy and any long-term incentive arrangements
The terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee are available
at www.pinewoodtech.com.
THE COMMITTEE’S WORK IN 2023
The Remuneration Committee met four times in 2023. The Directors’
Remuneration Report, beginning at page 51 describes its work and
conclusions.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
51
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN’S LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS
Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the 13 month financial period ended 31 January
2024.
This report comprises two sections being this
Annual Statement
and the
Annual Report on Remuneration
which details the remuneration paid to Directors
for the 13 month period ended 31 January 2024 and how the remuneration policy will be operated for the year ending 31 December 2024.
The current directors’ remuneration policy, which was approved by a majority of shareholders at the 2023 AGM, is set out in the annual report and financial
statements 2022.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION MAJOR DECISIONS & CHANGES:
2023 pay outcomes
Connected to the sale of the motor and leasing ssets, the remuneration committee was required to consider the treatment of the 2023 annual bonus and
outstanding LTIP awards in August 2023 for inclusion in the Sale & Purchase Agreement (SPA).
Annual Bonus:
Following a review of performance against the targets that were set at the start of 2023, the Committee assessed that the annual bonus was
tracking to pay out at the maximum.
As such, the Committee agreed that the bonus would be payable in full albeit on the normal payment timetable in 2024.
Lithia will make a transition bonus payment to Bill Berman for an amount of £1.1m subject to his continued employment for 12 months following Disposal
Completion, to ensure the smooth and continuous operation of the Company.
Lithia will also fund the cost of the related employer’s National Insurance
contribution on this transaction bonus.
LTIP:
Consistent with the advice received from the Company’s corporate lawyers, the sale of the motor and leasing assets was treated as a demerger for
the purposes of the LTIP rules, meaning that outstanding LTIP awards vested at completion, subject to the Committee’s assessment of performance and the
length of time the relevant awards had been held.
While the Committee did consider whether it would be appropriate to continue to vest the awards at the respective normal vesting dates, this was not
considered practicable given the significant number of senior employees transferring outside of the group (which triggered automatic vesting), and the fact
that the original Pendragon performance targets would no longer be relevant to Pinewood going forward.
As such, the Committee determined that all LTIP
award holders should be treated equally and the schemes would therefore vest on the same terms.
As a result, and as previously disclosed, the 2020 LTIPs vested on the normal 31 October 2023 vesting date at 91.6% of the maximum and, given that the
performance period had been completed, the 2021 LTIPs vested at 91.6% at completion.
In respect of the 2022 and 2023 LTIPs, the Committee assessed
the relevant performance targets and the length of time the relevant awards had been held and determined that 66.6% of maximum awards (i.e. on-target
performance) should vest at completion.
Implementation of the Policy for the period ended 31 December 2024
The current remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at the 2023 AGM.
While the Committee does not intend to make changes to fixed pay levels,
it does intend to review incentive provision (i.e. annual bonus and LTIP) to ensure that it is appropriately aligned to Pinewood’s strategy going forward, noting
that Pinewood will be a pure technology Software as a Service business.
As such, and to the extent required, major shareholders and the main shareholder
representatives will be consulted should a new remuneration policy be required to be submitted to the 2024 AGM.
Board changes
As part of the Transaction, Mark Willis stepped down as the CFO and Oliver Mann was appointed as his replacement. Reflecting that this is Oliver’s first CFO
role, the Committee set Oliver’s remuneration package below that of his predecessor, and below market levels, with the intention of increasing it over time
as his experience in the role grows.
Accordingly, the main elements of his remuneration package on appointment were a base salary of £200,000, an annual
bonus of up to 150% and an LTIP of up to 150%. His base salary will be subject to review during 2024 subject to individual and Company performance and
considering appropriate market data.
I hope we receive your support in respect of out Annual report, and any remuneration policy changes as appropriate, at the forthcoming AGM.
Yours sincerely
Jemima Bird
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
52
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
REMUNERATION DISCLOSURE
This report complies with the requirements of The Large and Medium-
sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations
2008, The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts
and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, the Companies
(Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 and The Companies
(Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Directors’ Remuneration Report)
Regulations 2019 (the Regulations) and has been prepared in
accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code and the UKLA
Listing Rules. The parts of the report which have been audited in
accordance with the Regulations have been identified.
CURRENT REMUNERATION POLICY
The current remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at,
and took effect from, the AGM held on 30 June 2023.
The full policy
approved by shareholders at the 2023 AGM is presented in the annual
report and financial statements 2022. However, as outlined above, it
is the intention of the committee to review the Director’s Remuneration
Policy to ensure that it is fit for purpose and appropriately reflects
Pinewood's strategy going forwards, noting that Pinewood will be a
pure technology Software as a Service business.
The remuneration principles and overarching aim of our remuneration
policy continues to be framed in such a way as to provide and maintain
the link between executive pay and strategy, aiming to:
ensure remuneration arrangements are clear and transparent,
promoting effective engagement with shareholders and our
associates;
ensure remuneration structures avoid complexity, with an easy
to understand rationale and operation;
avoid reputational and other risks arising from excessive
rewards, and avoiding or otherwise mitigating behavioural risks
that may arise from target-based incentive plans;
clearly explain the range of possible values of rewards to
individual directors including any other limits or discretions;
provide proportionate awards linked to delivery of strategy and
long-term performance and ensuring poor performance is not
rewarded;
ensure incentive schemes drive behaviours consistent with
company purpose, values and strategy;
attract and retain directors of the calibre necessary to run the
business effectively with levels of remuneration that are arrived
at responsibly and also reflect their individual contribution to the
value of the company;
weight remuneration towards variable pay;
encourage
executives
to
build
significant
levels
of
share
ownership, through the retention of vested share awards.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
53
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENTS
THE COMMITTEE’S WORK IN 2023/2024
determined annual bonus awards in respect of 2022 & 2023
performance
set and revised the annual bonus plan terms for 2023
determined performance targets and granted LTIP awards in
July 2023
noted remuneration trends across the Group
considered the gender pay gap report
Appointed and onboarded a new Remuneration Committee
Chair
ADVISORS
During 2023, the Committee received external advice from PWC in the
first half of the year, who received fees of £117,690 in respect of the
same. In the second half of the year the committee received external
advice from FIT, who received fees of £62,526. PwC were engaged
part way through the year to support with the Lithia transaction, and
therefore there became a conflict of interest and the Remueration
Advisors were changed. The Group General Counsel and the Chief
People Officer also provided additional advice. The Group General
Counsel also acts as secretary to the Committee.
Name
Commencement
Expiry/cessation
Unexpired at date of report (months)
Brian Small
10.12.19
31.12.25
23
Nikki Flanders
13.03.20
31.12.24
11
Dietmar Exler
20.04.20
31.12.24
11
Ian Filby
01.11.21
31.12.24
11
Jemima Bird
10.07.23
31.12.26
34
HISTORY OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION
In terms of the single total figure of remuneration for executive directors
in 2023/2024, shareholders should be aware that all outstanding long
term incentives vested at completion of the transaction.
For 2021, the
data in the LTIP column in the single total figure of remuneration for
executive directors table on page 54 for 2021 reflects the outcome
of the October 2020 and July 2021 LTIP awards at the equivalent of
base salary, and is included in the table as the applicable performance
period concluded at the end of the financial year 2021. The 2020 award
vested in October 2023 and the 2021 award vested on 31 January at
completion of the transaction as outlined in the letter to shareholders.
Chief Executive
2023
13 month
period
2022
2021
2020
2019
2
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
Total Remuneration £k (single figure)
2,740
1,313
3,561
1
510
464
589
727
1,605
1,775
3,472
Annual bonus award (% of maximum
that could have been paid)
150%
2
73%
100%
100%
0%
0%
30%
87%
100%
100%
Percentage of LTIP
vesting
3
79.13%
3
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
100%
56%
100%
1. Of the single total remuneration figure attributable to 2021 of £3,561k, £2,016k is the cash equivalent as a percentage of salary for LTIPs awarded in October 2020
and July 2021, which do not vest until October 2023 and July 2024 respectively. The CEO did not receive a cash payment in 2021 of £3,561k: actual payment received
in 2021 was £1,545k.
2. Following a review of performance against the targets that were set at the start of 2023, the Committee assessed that the annual bonus was
tracking to pay out at the maximum and this was agreed as part of the transaction
3. Percentage of shares vesting under the Pendragon Long Term Incentive Plan against the maximum number of shares that could have been received; the October 2020 LTIP vested in October
2023, the July 2021 LTIP vested early in Jan 24 due to the transaction, at 91.6% due to satisfying performance conditions which were previously approved by the Remuneration Committee.
The 2022 and 2023 LTIPs vested early at 66.6% as agreed by the Remuneration Committee upon completion of the transaction
Annual Report on Remuneration
54
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Base Salary
£000
Taxable
benefits
1
£000
Pension
2
£000
Bonus
3
£000
LTIP
4
£000
Single total
figure
£000
Total Fixed
Remuneration
£000
Total Variable
Remuneration
£000
2023
5
2022
2023
5
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022 and
2023 vested
LTIPS
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
Current Directors
William Berman
596
550
167
143
41
17
825
603
1,111
0
2,740
1,313
804
710
1,936
603
Martin Casha
*
297
320
8
8
16
48
0
351
0
0
291
727
291
376
0
351
Mark Willis
**
328
303
23
15
15
0
454
332
611
0
1,431
650
366
318
1,065
332
Ollie Mann
***
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
*Leaver 07/10/23. Data shown is from 01/01/23 to leave date
** Leaver 01.02.2024
*** Appointed on 31.01.2024, no values to display as no services provided in reporting period
1. Taxable Benefits include life assurance, private health cover in the UK (& abroad if applicable), professional subscriptions, the provision of tax support for expatriate associates and the
provision of up to two cars (at the Director’s election), one of which is fully expensed.
2. Salary supplement in lieu of pension contribution.
3. Bonus Award paid in 2024 equivalent to 150% of base (annual) salary based on 2023 performance achievement.
4. 2020 LTIP Vested in October 2023 at 91.6% performance. 2021 LTIP vested early on 31 January 24 at 91.6% performance.
2022 and 2023 LTIPs vested early at 66.6% performance. Early
vesting is a result disposal.
2023 figure includes 2022 and 2023 LTIP which vested at the point of transaction at 66.6%. The 2020 LTIP vested as normal in October 2023. The 2021 LTIP vested early at the point of transaction.
The value of the share gain for all awards is as follows. Share gain values for all plans are below.
5. 13 months of data has been reported as the statutory year-end was changed to 31 January 2024.
2020 LTIP
2021 LTIP
2022 LTIP
2023 LTIP
Current Directors
£'000
£'000
£'000
£'000
William Berman
2,852
1,439
842
1,122
Martin Casha
*
932
803
-
-
Mark Willis
**
1,569
791
463
617
Basic Fee
£000
Taxable
benefits
£000
SID/Committee
Chair Fee
£000
Single total figure
£000
2023
1
2022
2023
1
2022
2023
1
2022
2023
1
2022
Current Directors
Jemima Bird
2
28
0
-
-
3
-
31
0
Dietmar Exler
54
50
-
-
4
4
58
54
Ian Filby
163
150
-
-
-
-
163
150
Nikki Flanders
54
50
-
-
-
-
54
50
Brian Small
5
54
50
-
-
11
10
65
60
Mike Wright
3
0
25
-
-
-
5
0
30
Chris Holzshu
4
0
0
-
-
-
-
0
0
George Hines
4
0
0
-
-
-
-
0
0
1) 13 months of data has been reported due to disposal of significant part of the business
2) Pro rated from start date 10.07.23
3) Leaver 01/06/22
4) Appointed on 31.01.2024, no values to display as no services provided in reporting period
5) Not included in the table above, Brian Small was additionally paid £15k of back pay
in 2024 for fees related to unpaid PFIS responsibility (£5k per annum over 3 years) which had not previously been reported
or paid.
SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION FOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS (AUDITED INFORMATION)
SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION FOR NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 2023 (AUDITED INFORMATION)
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
SHARE GAIN VALUES FROM VESTED LTIPS
The gains made by directors on the exercise of the individual LTIP arrangements are shown below, these gains were realised in the period ending
31 January 2024.
*Leaver 07/10/23. Data shown is from 01/01/23 to leave date
** Leaver
01.02.2024
55
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
PENSIONS
Following the sale of the UK Motor and Leasing divisions to Lithia
Motors, Inc on 31 January 2024, all of the Group’s pension obligations
and liabilities have been assumed by Lithia.
PERFORMANCE RELATED PAY FOR 2023: ANNUAL BONUS
Given their commercial sensitivity, we do not publish the details of
targets in advance. However, the Committee considered the targets to
be measurable and appropriately stretching at point of award. For 2023,
the maximum annual bonus opportunity was 150% of base salary, only
achievable for performance 25% in excess of the Company’s target
underlying profit based on the FY 2021 Corporate Plan. The 2023
bonus performance metric was set as underlying profit for the full
year, determined in accordance with a combination of the Company’s
2021 Corporate Plan and Broker Consensus, this was considered to
be both reflective of the continued uncertain trading background,
but also based on a realistic assessment of the Company’s trading
prospects for the full year at the time of the award. Due to the sale
of the UK motor and leasing business the remuneration committee
was asked to consider how the annual bonus would be treated.
The
committee determined that the annual bonus was tracking to pay out
at maximum.
As such, and as per the SPA documents, the bonus was
paid at maximum.
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS (“LTIP”)
AWARDED IN 2023
The Committee granted awards in the form of nil cost share options
pursuant to the Company’s LTIP to the executive directors in August
2023. Vesting of the Awards under the LTIP was subject to the
satisfaction of certain performance conditions. 70% was based on
achieving a defined earnings per share target. 5% was based on an
ESG metric to achieve a reduction in the Company’s overall Carbon
Emissions. 25% was based on Strategic Metrics aligned to the
Company’s Strategy.
LONG TERM INCENTIVES VESTING IN 2023
Consistent with the advice received from the Company’s corporate
lawyers, the transaction was treated as a demerger for the purposes
of the LTIP rules, meaning that the Committee determined in principle
the extent to which LTIP awards vested.
Account was taken of the
performance against the targets and the length of time the awards
had been held.
The committee considered whether it was appropriate to continue the
awards, however due to the significant number of senior employees
that would transfer outside of the group (triggering the automatic
vesting of LTIP awards), and the fact that most of the performance
targets would no longer be relevant the Committee agreed that all
LTIP award holders should be treated equally and the schemes would
therefore vest on the same terms.
As a result the 2020 LTIP scheme
vested in the normal way on October 31st at 91.6% of maximum
(previously disclosed in 2021 and 2022 Annual Report).
The performance period for the 2021 LTIP scheme due to vest in
2024 had also been completed and previously disclosed and so on
completion this also vested at 91.6% of maximum.
Outstanding
LTIP schemes dues to vest in 2025 & 2026 were reviewed and the
performance was assessed as 66.6% of maximum and these schemes
also vested on completion.
56
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
IMPLEMENTATION OF THE REMUNERATION POLICY IN THE FINANCIAL PERIOD ENDING 31 DECEMBER 2024
The policy in respect of the executive directors will be applied as follows:
Element of Pay
Implementation of Policy
BASE SALARY
Other than potential adjustments to take account of market conditions and changes in role scope to reflect additional
responsibilities undertaken, base salary will continue to be set in accordance with the remuneration policy.
Base salaries for 2024:
Chief Executive Officer: £550,000
Chief Financial Officer: £200,000
BENEFITS
No changes are expected to be made to these elements of remuneration within the financial year ending 31 December
2024.
PENSION
No changes are expected to be made to the pension contributions, our Executive Directors will receive an equivalent pen-
sion contribution of 6%.
ANNUAL BONUS
It is the intention of the Committee to review the Director’s Remuneration Policy with respect to the Annual Bonus to ensure
that it is fit for purpose and reflects that Pinewood will be a pure technology Software as a Service business. The intention is
to consult with major shareholders prior to submitting a new policy at the forthcoming AGM for shareholder approval
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
It is the intention of the Committee to do a review of the Director’s Remuneration Policy with respect to the LTIP to ensure
that it is fit for purpose and reflects that Pinewood will be a pure technology Software as a Service business. The intention is
to consult with major shareholders prior to submitting a new policy at the forthcoming AGM for shareholder approval
SHAREHOLDING
GUIDELINES
The minimum shareholding requirement for the CEO is 200% of salary (100% for all other Executive Directors), to be built up
within 5 years of appointment to the board.
Until such time as the policy is met, Executive Directors will be required to hold any vested deferred bonus shares and LTIP
awards that vest (after sale of shares to cover associated personal tax liabilities).
MALUS AND CLAWBACK
Malus and clawback will continue to operate in prevailing respect of the annual bonus and long-term incentive plan, in
accordance with the parameters detailed in the remuneration policy.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
57
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
POLICY ON NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
The company’s policy on non-executive directors’ remuneration is
reviewed annually by the Board. Remuneration for non- executive
directors is confined to fees alone, without a performance related
element. Non-executive directors may elect to receive all or part
of their fees in the form of benefits in kind, typically the provision
of a motor vehicle for their use. The company considers that the
remuneration of the non-executive directors remains consistent with
the time commitments associated with individual positions and wider
market practice among companies of a comparable size.
Fee Type
Fee Level
Change in 2023
Chairman fee
£162,500
None
Basic fee:
£54,167
None
Supplementary fees:
Senior Independent Director
£4,333
None
Audit Committee Chairman
£10,833
None
Remuneration Committee Chairman
£5,417
None
Nomination Committee Chairman
Nil
None
*13 months of data has been reported due to disposal of significant part of the business resulting in a 13 month accounting period
Notes accompanying the future Remuneration Policy table:
1.
Malus and clawback – malus and clawback may operate in respect of the annual bonus and long term incentive plan. This approach applies to all executive directors and senior management immediately
below Board level. Malus will typically be an adjustment to the cash award or number of shares before an award has been made or released. Clawback requires the executive to make a cash repayment
to the company or the surrender of shares or other benefits provided by the company. The overall intention is that, in exceptional circumstances, malus will apply before awards are paid or vest. Clawback
will apply under the annual bonus scheme, for up to three years from when the cash payment is made, and malus will apply to any deferred shares (awarded at the same time as the cash payment) for
the three-year period of the deferral. Under the LTIP, clawback will continue to apply for up to two years following the three-year vesting period.
As a minimum, the events in which malus and clawback may apply are as follows:
Material misstatement of financial statements.
Gross misconduct/fraud of the participant.
Where there has been an error in the calculation of performance outcomes, the value of awards, or the number of shares under an award.
Participant has caused reputational damage to the Company.
Participant has wholly or in part caused the corporate failure of the Company.
Malus and clawback provisions are kept under review, in the light of prevailing Financial Reporting Council guidance.
2.
Due to the disposal, the company has become a pure technology and SAAS company. As a result the Remuneration Committee will be consulting on a new pay policy that is appropriate for this type of
business in the run up to the AGM. For the purposes of this report we have left the current pay policy references in place
3.
Salary – base salaries are set by reference to the criteria specified in the table above. If a salary is initially set below the market rate, a phased realignment may be made over time.
4.
Annual bonus – a target of underlying (adjusted) profit was selected as this measure directly correlates to Company’s overall business plan. The specific measures, targets and weightings may vary
from year to year in order to align with the Company’s strategy and the measures will be dependent on the Company’s goals over the year under review. Performance measures are determined by the
Remuneration Committee who seek external guidance on the appropriateness of any performance targets set relative to the market.
5.
Long term incentive plans – LTIP: under the Company’s current long term incentive plan, performance shares are awarded up to a maximum of 150% of salary if significantly chal- lenging performance
targets are attained.The Remuneration Committee has currently selected two performance metrics for the LTIP, each with an equal weighting (i) EPS: this remains the key internal measure of long
term financial performance, as well as being well understood by the executives and our investors as providing a clear incentive to deliver the Company’s long term growth prospects; and (ii) qualitative
strategic performance metrics aligned to the Company's strategic milestones. The vesting schedule outlines the vesting percentages in relation to both the EPS performance targets, which were set
after taking into account internal scenario analysis, current market expectations and the current trading environment, and delivery against the strategic milestones as detailed in the Group’s published
strategic plan.
6.
Pensions . Pension supplement in lieu of pension is set at a level in line with the wider workforce
7.
Benefits - benefit levels are set to be competitive relative to companies of a comparable size.
8.
Annual Bonus and LTIP Policy - Remuneration Committee Discretions:The Committee will operate the annual bonus plan and LTIP in accordance with their respective rules and in accordance with the
Listing Rules, where relevant. Consistent with market practice, the Committee retains discretion in a number of respects with regard to the operation and administration of these plans. These include the
following (albeit with quantum and performance targets restricted to the descriptions detailed in the future policy table above):-
who participates in the plans;
the timing of grant of award and/or payment;
the size of an award and/or payment;
the determination of vesting and/or meeting targets with the ability to override the formulaic outcome in light of overall business proposals
discretion required when dealing with a change of control (e.g. the timing of testing performance targets) or restructuring of the Group;
determination of good/bad leaver cases for incentive plan purposes based on the rules of each plan and the appropriate treatment chosen;
adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring events, share buybacks and special dividends); and
the annual review of performance measures and weighting, and targets for the annual bonus plan and LTIP from year to year or on award.
The Committee also retains the ability to adjust the targets and/or set different measures and alter weightings for the annual bonus plan and to adjust targets for the LTIP if events occur (such as a material
divestment of a Group business) which cause it to determine that the conditions are no longer appropriate and the amendment is required so that the con- ditions achieve their original purpose and are not
materially less difficult to satisfy.
The company retains the authority to honour any commitments entered into with current of former directors that have been disclosed to shareholders in previous remuneration reports (e.g. all historic
awards that were granted under any LTIPs that remain outstanding, as detailed in the company’s latest Annual Report), and which remain eligible to vest based on their original award terms. Details of any
payments to former directors will be set out in the Annual Report on remuneration as they arise. With regard to any promotions to executive director positions, the company will retain the ability to honour
payments agreed prior to executives joining the Board, albeit any payments agreed in consideration of being promoted to the Board will be consistent with the policy on new appointments as an executive
director detailed in the Remuneration Policy at www.pendragonplc.com to executive director positions, the company will retain the ability to honour payments agreed prior to executives joining the Board,
albeit any payments agreed in consideration of being promoted to the Board will be consistent with the policy on new appointments as an executive director detailed in the Remuneration Policy at www.
pendragonplc.com
58
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
300
250
200
150
100
50
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
PINEWOOD TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC - TOTAL RETURN INDEX
FTSE SMALL CAP EX INV. TRUSTS - TOTAL RETURN INDEX
PINEWOOD TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC T0 31 JANUARY 2024
1. This report is required, pursuant to the Large and Medium sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, regulation 18, Performance Graph.
2. Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) is calculated over the ten years ended on 31 January 2024 and reflects the theoretical growth in the value of a shareholding over that period, assuming dividends (if any) are
reinvested in shares in the company. The price at which dividends are reinvested is assumed to be the amount equal to the closing price of the shares on the ex- dividend date plus the gross amount of annual
dividend. The calculation ignores tax and reinvestment charges. For each company in the index, the TSR statistics are normalised to a common start point, which gives the equivalent to investing the same
amount of money in each company at that time. The percentage growth in TSR is measured over the chosen period. To obtain TSR growth of the relevant index over the chosen period, the weighted average of
TSR for all the companies in the index is calculated. In this case, it is the FTSE Small Cap Index (excluding investment companies) as explained in Note 3. The weighting is by reference to the market capitalisation
of each company in the index in proportion to the total market capitalisation of all the companies in the index at the end of the chosen measurement period.
3. The FTSE Small CAP index has been selected as it represents the equity market in which the Company was a constituent member for the majority of the relevant ten year period ending 31 January 2024
detailed above.
TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN
1
The graph below shows the total shareholder return (“TSR”)
2
on
the company’s shares in comparison to the FTSE Small Cap Index
(excluding investment companies)
3
. TSR has been calculated as the
percentage change, during the relevant period, in the market price of
the shares, assuming that any dividends paid are reinvested on the ex-
dividend date. The relevant period is the ten years ending 31 January
2024. The notes at the foot of the graph provide more detail of the
TSR calculation.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
59
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS (AUDITED)
DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS (AUDITED)
The shareholdings of all Directors, including the shareholdings of their connected persons as at 31 January 2024, are set out below. The CEO has
a shareholding requirement of 200% of salary, with other Executive Directors having a shareholding requirement of 100% of salary. There is no
company policy on non-executive director share ownership. This was considered by the Remuneration Committee during 2022 and as our NEDs
actively look to purchase shares, we do not feel it is necessary to have a minimum shareholding requirement for non-executives at this time. We
will continue to monitor any evolutions in UK best practice to determine if this should change in future.
Number of shares
held outright
Awards over
nil-cost options
Shareholding
requirement
(% of base
salary)
Shareholding as at 31
January 2024 incl
shares not subject to
performance requirements
(% of base salary)
As at 31
January
2024
As at 31
December
2022
Vested on 31 October 2023
All remaining options vested
on completion on the
disposal to Lithia
Executive Directors
William Berman
1,462,114
1,462,114
4,739,668
9,360,425
200%
947%
Martin Casha
Nil
11,098,524
1,548,796
2,209,849
100%
Nil
Mark Willis
804,163
804,163
2,606,817
5,148,232
100%
947%
Ollie Mann
24,739
24,739
82,728
393,916
100%
91%
Non Executive Directors
Dietmar Exler
210,000
210,000
-
-
N/A
N/A
Nikki Flanders
Nil
N/A
-
-
N/A
N/A
Brian Small
400,000
400,000
-
-
N/A
N/A
Ian Filby
Nil
Nil
-
-
N/A
N/A
Jemima Bird
Nil
N/A
-
-
N/A
N/A
Chris Holzshu
Nil
N/A
-
-
N/A
N/A
George Hines
Nil
N/A
-
-
N/A
N/A
PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN CHIEF EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION
The table below illustrates the percentage change in the remuneration awarded to the Directors over the last 3 years and that of the group’s
employees across its entire UK business.
Salary/Fees
Benefits
Bonus (Including deferred amount)
(% of base salary)
2023 13
month period
2022
2021
2023 13
month period
2022
2021
2023 13
month period
2022
2021
Executive Directors
Chief Executive
8.4%
0.0%
7.8%
16.8%
-15.9%
-
36.8%
-26.9%
99.8%
Chief Operating Officer
-16.6%
4.2%
7.0%
0.0%
14.3%
-22.2%
-100.0%
-23.9%
103.1%
Chief Financial Officer
1
8.3%
0.0%
3.8%
53.3%
15.4%
30.0%
36.7%
-26.9%
101.8%
Chief Financial Officer
2
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
Non Executive Directors
Ian Filby
8.7%
500.0%
100.0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
Dietmar Exler
8.0%
0.0%
42.9%
-
-
-
-
-
-
Nikki Flanders
8.0%
0.0%
38.9%
-
-
-
-
-
-
Brian Small
8.0%
0.0%
-3.8%
-
-
-
-
-
-
Jemima Bird
100.0%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Mike Wright
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Chris Holzshu
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
George Hines
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
All Employees (average)
8.1%
8.7%
7.0%
6.5%
-27.0%
-33.3%
2.5%
12.1%
39.0%
1) Leaver 01.02.24
2) New CFO appointed on 31.01.24, no values to display as no services provided in the reporting period
3) Leaver 01/06/22
4) Appointed on 31.01.2024, no values to display as no services provided in reporting period
5) Brian Small paid £15k of back pay
in 2024 for fees related to unpaid PFIS responsibility (£5k per annum over 3 years) which had not previously been reported or paid.
60
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
SHAREHOLDERS’ VOTES ON REMUNERATION AT THE 2023 AGM
In relation to the advisory vote on Directors’ Remuneration Report (the “Report”), 56.44% of our shareholders voted against this resolution at our
AGM in June 2023. In addition, at the AGM in June 2023, 56.44% of our shareholders voted against approving the 2022 Directors' Remuneration
Report, 41.82% voted against the re-election of Bill Berman, 40.14% voted against the re-election of Martin Casha, 42.26% voted against the
re-election of Dietmar Exler and 45.14% voted against the re-election of Ian Filby. Our analysis confirms that opposition to these matters was
restricted to a number of our main shareholders, who together at the time held approximately 40% of our issued share capital.
In relation to the above votes against the Directors' remuneration policy, we listened to the feedback and concerns raised by our shareholders in
terms of how the Policy was implemented for 2022 and made further adjustments to the remuneration policy in accordance with best practice
for the next cycle (which was approved at the June 2023 AGM).
In relation to the votes against the 2022 Directors' Remuneration Report and the
re-election of the four directors, we listened to shareholder feedback and conducted a strategic review of the group which resulted in the sale of
the UK Motor and Leasing divisions and a subsequent special dividend of 24.5p to shareholders.
2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report
Number
Proportion of votes cast
Votes cast in favour
440,159,402
43.56
Votes cast against
570,236,199
56.44
Total votes cast in favour or against
1,010,395,601
Votes withheld
9,631,600
2023 Remuneration Policy
Number
Proportion of votes cast
Votes cast in favour
586,637,790
58.06
Votes cast against
423,737,970
41.94
Total votes cast in favour or against
1,010,375,760
Votes withheld
9,642,396
RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF SPEND ON PAY
The table below illustrates the year-on-year change in total team member pay (being the aggregate of staff costs as set out in note 2.4 to the
financial statements and distributions to shareholders (being declared dividends).
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PAY RATIO
The table below shows our chief executive officer pay ratio at 25th, median and 75th percentiles of our UK associates. The ratios have been
calculated based on the single total figure of remuneration for the chief executive officer and the total pay for the associates based on our
gender pay gap data under Option B of The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018. We have used Option B as the Company
has already completed comprehensive data collection and analysis for the purposes of gender pay gap reporting, and continues to do so on a
monthly basis. The gender pay gap data used was collated on 31 December 2023.
Financial year
Method
25th percentile pay ratio
(lower quartile)
Median pay ratio
(median)
75th percentile pay ratio
(upper quartile)
2023
Option B
28:1
23:1
17:1
2022
Option B
26:1
25:1
16:1
2021
Option B
30:1
25:1
19:1
1. Total pay for the percentile employees taken from our gender pay gap data includes the following pay elements: base salary, holiday pay, hourly pay, national minimum wage top ups, car allowance, acting
up allowance, monthly advances, team member vouchers subject to national insurance, benefit schemes, statutory sick pay, maternity pay and paternity pay. Associates w ho have not received pay (in terms
of salary and adjustments) but has still received other salary payments are excluded from our gender pay gap data.
Team member pay
Distribution to shareholders
13m period ended
31 January 2024
Year ended 31
December 2022
% change
13m period ended
31 January 2024
Year ended 31
December 2022
% change
£259.9m
£227.8m
14.1%
£358.4m
£0m
-
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
61
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
AREA
Implementation
CLARITY
The committee is committed to providing transparent disclosures to shareholders and the workforce about executive
remuneration arrangements. The director’s remuneration report sets out the detail of such ar- rangements in a clear and
transparent way. Our AGM allows shareholders to ask questions on remuneration arrangements
SIMPLICITY
Our remuneration arrangements for executive directors are simple in nature and understood by all partic- ipants, having
operated in a similar manner for a number of years. Executive directors receive fixed pay (salary, benefits, pension) and
participate in a single short term annual bonus and a single long-term incentive plan (LTIP)
PREDICATABILITY
Payouts under the annual bonus and LTIP schemes are dependent on Company performance over the short and long term
and are governed by achievement against set targets. These schemes have strict maximum opportunities, which are out-
lined in the directors remuneration report.
RISK
The committee has designed incentives that do not encourage inappropriate risk-taking. The committee retain discretion
in both the annual bonus and LTIP schemes to adjust payouts where the formulaic outcomes are not considered reflective
of underlying performance and individual contribution. Robust withholding and recovery provisions apply to variable incen-
tives.
PROPORTIONALITY
Payouts from variable incentive schemes require strong performance against challenging conditions over the short and
longer term. Performance conditions have been selected to support group strategy and consist of both financial and
non-financial metrics. The committee retains discretion to override formulaic outcomes in both schemes to ensure they are
appropriate and reflective of overall performance.
ALIGNMENT TO CULTURE
Performance measures used in our variable incentive schemes are selected to be consistent with the Company’s purpose,
values and strategy. The use of annual bonus deferral, LTIP holding periods and our shareholding requirement provide a
clear link to the ongoing performance of the group and ensures alignment with shareholders.
SHARE PRICE INFORMATION AND PERFORMANCE
Other than those detailed above, there are no share option or long term incentive schemes in which the directors are eligible to participate. The
middle market price of Pendragon ordinary shares at 31 January 2024 was 36.35 pence and the range during the year was 17.6 pence to 28.8
pence.
SHAREHOLDER APPROVED REMUNERATION POLICY
The following table summarises how our shareholder approved remuneration policy fulfills the factors set out in provision 40 of the 2018 UK
Corporate Governance Code.
APPROVAL
This report was approved by the Committee and signed on its behalf by:
Jemima Bird
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
25 April 2024
62
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
STRATEGIC REVIEW AND PRESCRIBED REPORTING
Our Strategic Review on page 16 contains the information, prescribed
by the Companies Act 2006, required to present a fair review of
the company’s business, a description of the principal risks and
uncertainties it faces, and certain of the information on which reports
and statements are required by the UK Corporate Governance Code.
The Board approved the Strategic Review set out on page 7 and the
Viability Statement set out on page 27. Additional information on
which the directors are required by law to report is set out below and
in the following:-
Environmental, Social and Governance Report
Board of Directors
Audit Committee Report
Nomination Committee Report
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
In the interests of increasing the relevance of the Report and reducing
the environmental impacts of over-lengthy printed reports, we have
placed on our website at certain background information on the
company the disclosure of which, in this Report, is not mandatory.
We monitor reaction to the publication of shareholder information on
our website, to help shape our shareholder communication and future
improvements.
RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
The results of the Group for the year are set out in the financial
statements on pages 76 to 145. No interim dividend was paid during
the year, and the directors are proposing to pay a special dividend of
24.5p a share on 7 May 2024.
APPOINTMENT AND POWERS
OF THE COMPANY’S DIRECTORS
Appointment and removal of directors is governed by the company’s
articles of association (the Articles), the UK Corporate Governance
Code (the Code), the Companies Acts and related legislation. Subject
to the Articles (which shareholders may amend by special resolution),
relevant legislation and any directions given by special resolution,
the company and its group is managed by its board of directors. By
resolutions passed at company general meetings, the shareholders
have authorised the directors: (i) to allot and issue ordinary shares;
(ii) to offer and allot ordinary shares in lieu of some or all of the
dividends; and (iii) to make market purchases of the company’s
ordinary shares (in practice, exercised only if the directors expect it
to result in an increase in earnings per share). Details of movements
in the company’s share capital are given in note 4.4 to the financial
statements.
From time to time, Pinewood provides financial assistance to its
independent employee benefits trust to facilitate the market purchase
of ordinary shares in the company for use in connection with various
of the company’s employee incentive schemes. The company did not
purchase any shares in this way in 2023.
BUSINESS AT THE AGM
At the AGM, a separate shareholders’ resolution is proposed for each
substantive matter. We will issue to our shareholders the company’s
annual report and financial statements together with the notice of AGM,
giving not less than the requisite period of notice. The notice sets out
the resolutions the directors are proposing and has explanatory notes
for each. At the AGM, directors’ terms of appointment are available
for inspection and, as well as dealing with formal AGM business, the
Board takes the opportunity to give an update to shareholders on
the company’s trading position. The Chairman and each committee
chairman are available to answer questions put by shareholders
present.
DIRECTORS AND THEIR INTERESTS IN SHARES
Current directors are listed on pages 42 and 43. Details of the terms
of appointment and notice period of each of the current directors,
together with executives directors’ respective interests in shares
under the company’s long term incentive plan (non-executive directors
have none), appear in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 51
to 61. Directors who served during 2023 and their respective interests
in the company’s issued ordinary share capital are shown in the table
below. All holdings shown are beneficial. None of the directors holds
options over company shares, other than nil paid options pursuant
to the LTIP as described on page 59 in the director’s remuneration
report. Executive directors will aim to fulfil the requirements of the
company’s share ownership policy applicable to them within five years
of appointment. There is no company policy requiring non-executive
directors to hold a minimum number of company shares.
DIRECTORS’ ROTATION
The UK Corporate Governance Code (July 2018) imposes an obligation
that all Directors should be subject to annual re- election.
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
63
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
INDEMNITIES TO DIRECTORS
In line with market practice and the company’s Articles, each director
has the benefit of a deed of indemnity from the company, which
includes provisions in relation to duties as a director of the company
or an associated company, qualifying third party indemnity provisions
and protection against derivative actions.
Copies of these are
available for shareholders’ inspection at the AGM.
SHARE CAPITAL
As at 31 January 2024, Pinewood’s issued share capital comprised
a single class: ordinary shares of 5 pence each. The Articles permit
the creation of more than one class of share, but there is currently
none other than ordinary shares. Details of the company’ share capital
are set out in note 4.4 to the accounts.
All issued shares are fully
paid. The company issued 65,679,118 shares during the period under
review.
The rights and obligations attaching to the company’s ordinary
shares are set out in the Articles. The Company is currently authorised
to issue up to two-thirds of its current issued share capital pursuant to
a resolution passed at its 2023 AGM.
SIGNIFICANT DIRECT OR INDIRECT SHAREHOLDINGS
At 31 March 2024 the directors had been advised of the following
interests in the shares of the company:-
VOTING RIGHTS, RESTRICTIONS ON VOTING RIGHTS
AND DEADLINES FOR VOTING RIGHTS
Shareholders (other than any who, under the Articles or the terms of
the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices) have the
right to receive notice of, and to attend and to vote at, all general and
(if any) applicable class meetings of the company. A resolution put
to the vote at any general or class meeting is decided on a show of
hands unless (before or on the declaration of the result of the show
of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll
is properly demanded. At a general meeting, every member present
in person has, upon a show of hands, one vote, and on a poll, every
member has one vote for every 5 pence nominal amount of share
capital of which they are the holder.
In the case of joint holders of a
share, the vote of the member whose name stands first in the register
of members is accepted to the exclusion of any vote tendered by any
Directors’ shareholdings
Number at 31.01.24
Number at 31.12.22
William Berman
1,462,114
1,462,114
Oliver Mann
24,739
24,739
Martin Casha
nil
11,098,524
Dietmar Exler
210,000
210,000
Ian Filby
nil
nil
Nikki Flanders
nil
nil
Mark Willis
804,163
804,163
Brian Small
400,000
400,000
Jemima Bird
nil
nil
Chris Holzshu
nil
nil
George Hines
nil
nil
Shareholder
Number of shares
Percentage of voting rights
of the issued share capital
Lithia Motors Inc
345,953,559
19.86
Fidelity Management and Research
169,122,548
9.71
Newlyn Management
149,025,000
8.55
Schroders
147,326,631
8.46
Harwood Capital Management Group
125,400,000
7.20
UBS Group
57,802,010
3.32
Hosking Partners
57,407,362
3.29
Gumshoe Capital Management
46,751,382
2.68
Kestrel Investment Partners
45,133,033
2.59
Dimensional Fund Advisors
41,738,463
2.40
64
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
By order of the Board
Oliver Mann
Company Secretary
25 April 2024
other joint holder.
Unless the Board decides otherwise, a shareholder
may not vote at any general or class meeting or exercise any rights in
relation to meetings whilst any amount of money relating to his shares
remains outstanding.
A member is entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of
their rights to attend and speak and vote on their behalf at a general
meeting.
Further details regarding voting can be found in the notes to
the notice of the AGM.
Details of the exercise of voting rights attached
to the ordinary shares held by the company’s Employee Benefit Trust
are set out below.
None of the ordinary shares, including those held
by the Employee Benefit Trust, carries any special voting rights with
regard to control of the company.
To be effective, electronic and paper proxy appointments and voting
instructions must be received by the company’s registrars not later
than 48 hours before a general meeting.
The Articles may be obtained from Companies House in the UK or upon
application to the company secretary. Other than those prescribed by
applicable law and the company’s procedures for ensuring compliance
with it, there are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on
the transfer of shares, which are governed by the Articles and prevailing
legislation. The directors are not aware of any agreement between
holders of the company’s shares that may result in restrictions on the
transfer of securities or the exercise of voting rights. No person has
any special rights of control over the company’s share capital.
SHARES HELD BY THE PENDRAGON
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUST
As at 31 January 2024, the company’s Employee Benefit Trust with
Accuro Trustees (Jersey) Limited (the Trustee) held 12,420,787 shares,
representing 0.71% of the total issued share capital at that date (2022:
1,541,801; 0.09%).
The Trustee has waived its voting rights attached
to these shares.
It holds these shares to enable it to satisfy entitlements under the
company’s share schemes. During the year, the EBT facilitated the
vesting of the company's LTIPs and share option schemes, following
the sale of the motor assets and leasing businesses to Lithia.
CONTRACTS
None of the directors had an interest in any contract with the Group
(other than their service agreement or appointment terms and routine
purchases of vehicles for their own use) at any time during 2023.
The
company and members of its group are party to agreements relating
to banking, properties, employee share plans and motor vehicle
franchises which alter or terminate if the company or group company
concerned undergoes a change of control. None is considered
significant in terms of its likely impact on the business of the Group
as a whole.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
The Company undertakes both research and development activities
as part of the development of the Pinewood system.
The system is
being continually evolved and enhanced.
POLITICAL DONATIONS
The company and its group made no political donations (2022: £ nil).
AUDITOR
The directors who held office at the date of approval of this directors’
report confirm that: so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant
audit information of which the Group’s auditors are unaware; and each
director has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a
director to make themself aware of any relevant audit information and
to establish that the Group’s auditors are aware of that information.
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
65
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
66
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Respect
of the Annual Report and Financial Statements
67
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC
76
Consolidated Income Statement
77
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
78
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
79
Consolidated Balance Sheet
80
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
81
Notes to the Financial Statements
146
Company Balance Sheet
147
Company Statement of Comprehensive Income
148
Company Statement of Changes in Equity
149
Notes to the Financial Statements of the Company
158
Advisors, Banks and Shareholder Information
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
66
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the
Group and parent Company financial statements in accordance with
applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and parent
Company financial statements for each financial year.
Under that
law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards
and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent Company
financial statements in accordance with UK accounting standards and
applicable law, including FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework.
Under company law the directors must not approve the financial
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view
of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of the
Group’s profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group
and parent Company financial statements, the directors are required
to:
select suitable accounting policies and then apply them
consistently;
make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant,
and reliable and, in respect of the parent Company financial
statements only, prudent;
for the Group financial statements, state whether they have
been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international
accounting standards;
for the parent Company financial statements, state whether
applicable UK accounting standards have been followed, subject
to any material departures disclosed and explained in the parent
Company financial statements;
assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going
concern; and
use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either
intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the
financial position of the parent Company and enable them to ensure
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.
They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and
have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably
open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and
detect fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report,
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement
that complies with that law and those regulations.
The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of
the corporate and financial information included on the company’s
website.
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in
other jurisdictions.
In accordance with Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule
(“DTR”) 4.1.16R, the financial statements will form part of the annual
financial report prepared under DTR 4.1.17R and 4.1.18R. The auditor’s
report on these financial statements provides no assurance over
whether the annual financial report has been prepared in accordance
with those requirements.
Approved by order of the Board
Ollie Mann
Chief Financial Officer
25 April 2024
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES IN RESPECT OF THE
ANNUAL REPORT AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
67
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
1. Our opinion is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Pinewood Technologies Group PLC (“the Company”) (formerly Pendragon PLC) for the 13 month
period ended 31 January 2024 which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the
Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets, the Consolidated and Company Statement of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement,
and the related notes, including the accounting policies.
In our opinion:
the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 31 January 2024 and
of the Group’s profit for the period then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;
the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK accounting standards, including FRS 101
Reduced Disclosure Framework; and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law.
Our responsibilities are
described below. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is
consistent with our report to the audit committee.
We were first appointed as auditor by the shareholders on 28 April 1997. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is for the 27 financial
years ended 31 January 2024. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and we remain independent of the Group in accordance with,
UK ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities.
No non-audit services prohibited by that
standard were provided.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF PINEWOOD
TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC (FORMERLY PENDRAGON PLC)
Overview
Materiality:
Group financial
statements as a whole
£4.4m (2022: £3.45m)
1.2% of Group net assets (2022: 5%
of normalised Group profit before tax)
Coverage
100% of Group net assets (2022: 92% of Group profit before tax)
Key audit matters
Event driven
New:
Presentation of discontinued operations, calculation of profit on disposal and
assessment of availability of distributable reserves (Group and Parent Company Key
Audit Matter)
68
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
2. Key audit matters: including our assessment of risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and
include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had
the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. We
summarise below the key audit matters in arriving at our audit opinion above, together with our key audit procedures to address those matters
and, as required for public interest entities, our results from those procedures.
These matters were addressed, and our results are based on
procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the purpose of, our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our
opinion thereon, and consequently are incidental to that opinion, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
The risk
Our response
Presentation of
discontinued operations,
calculation of profit on
disposal and assessment
of availability of
distributable reserves
(Group and Parent
Company Key Audit
Matter)
(Group profit on disposal:
£40.7 million;
Parent Company profit on
disposal: £29.4 million)
Refer to page 45 (Audit
Committee Report), page
143 (accounting policy)
and pages 143-144 and
153 (financial disclosures).
Significant unusual transaction:
The disposal of the UK Motor and
Leasing business (the “disposal group”)
completed on 31 January 2024.
The disposal group trading results to
the date of disposal are required to be
presented as part of discontinued oper-
ations, with comparatives restated on a
consistent basis.
At the disposal date, assets and lia-
bilities have been derecognised from
the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with
the difference in value of net assets
disposed of and the proceeds from the
disposal recognised in the Consolidated
Income Statement as the Group profit on
disposal.
The Company carried out a number of
restructuring steps as part of the dis-
posal, recording dividends from certain
subsidiaries, impairing investments in
other subsidiaries and then recording a
profit on the final disposal.
We have identified the disposal of the
UK Motor and Leasing business as a key
audit matter because of the size of the
disposal group as a proportion of the
overall Group, the quantum of the profit
on disposal in the Group and Parent
Company financial statements and the
consequent disclosure requirements.
We performed the tests below rather than seeking to rely on
any of the Group's controls because the nature of the balance
is such that we would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily
through the detailed procedures described.
Our procedures included:
• Accounting analysis:
We inspected the share purchase agree-
ment and restructuring step plan for the disposal to assess the
appropriateness of key accounting entries;
• Test of details:
We reperformed the profit on disposal calcu
-
lations;
• Test of details:
With the assistance of our tax specialists, we
evaluated the tax impact of the disposal;
• Test of details:
We assessed whether the proposed special
dividend by the parent company is expected to be supported by
available distributable reserves;
• Assessing experience of external experts:
We evaluated the
competence and objectivity of external experts appointed by the
Group to determine the level of available distributable reserves;
• Test of details
: We evaluated the adequacy of the Group’s
allocation of costs between continuing and discontinued
operations in the Consolidated Income Statement;
• Assessing transparency
: We assessed the adequacy of the
Group’s presentation of the disposal group as a discontinued
operation in compliance with the relevant accounting standard;
and
• Assessing transparency
: We assessed the adequacy of the
Group’s disclosure of the judgements involved in allocating
costs between continuing and discontinued operations in the
Consolidated Income Statement.
Our results:
We found the presentation of discontinued opera-
tions and the profit on disposal calculations to be acceptable.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS
OF PINEWOOD TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC
(CONTINUED)
69
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
2. Key audit matters: including our assessment of risks of material misstatement
continued
We continue to perform procedures over carrying value of Parent Company’s investments in subsidiaries and debt due from Group entities.
However, following the disposal of the UK Motor and Leasing business on 31 January 2024, we have not assessed this as one of the most
significant risks in our current period audit and, therefore, it is not separately identified in our report this period. Used vehicle inventory provision
and Valuation of post retirement benefit obligation are no longer identified as key audit matters following the disposal of the UK Motor and
Leasing business on 31 January 2024.
3. Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at £4.4m (2022: £3.45m), determined with reference to a benchmark of Group
net assets (2022: normalised Group profit before tax) of which it represents 1.2% (2022: 5%).
Materiality for the parent Company financial statements as a whole was set at £1.7m (2022: £2.6m), determined with reference to a benchmark
of the parent Company total assets, of which it represents 0.3% (2022: 0.2%).
In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on individual account balances and disclosures were performed to a lower threshold,
performance materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk that individually immaterial misstatements in individual account balances
add up to a material amount across the financial statements as a whole.
Performance materiality was set at 75% (2022: 75%) of materiality for the financial statements as a whole, which equates to £3.3m (2022:
£2.6m) for the Group and £1.3m (2022: £2.0m) for the parent Company.
We applied this percentage in our determination of performance
materiality because we did not identify any factors indicating an elevated level of risk.
We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £0.22m (2022: £0.17m), in
addition to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
Of the Group’s 5 (2022: 35) reporting components, we subjected 4 (2022: 11) to full scope audits for group purposes and none (2022: 5) to
specified risk-focused audit procedures. The latter were not individually financially significant enough to require a full scope audit in 2022 for
group purposes, but did present specific individual risks that needed to be addressed.
The components within the scope of our work accounted for the percentages illustrated on the next page.
The remaining 0% (2022: 0%) of total Group revenue, 2% of Group profit before tax (2022: 8%) and 0% (2022: 1%) of total Group assets is
represented by 1 (2022: 19) reporting component, none of which individually represented more than 2% (2022: 3%) of any of total Group revenue,
Group profit before tax or total Group assets.
For this component, we performed analysis at an aggregated Group level to re- examine our
assessment that there were no significant risks of material misstatement within these.
The scope of the audit work performed was fully substantive as we did not rely upon the Group's internal control over financial reporting.
The Group audit team performed all of the audit work in relation to the 4 (2022: 16) components, including the audit of the parent Company.
Net assets
£360.4m
(Normalised Group
profit before tax 2022:
£69.8m)
Group materiality
£4.4m
(2022: £3.45m)
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS
OF PINEWOOD TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC
(CONTINUED)
Group net assets
Group materiality
£4.4m
Whole financial statements materiality
(2022: £3.45m)
£3.3m
Whole financial statements performance
materiality (2022: £2.6m)
£4.2m
Range of materiality at 4 components (£1.3m to £4.2m)
(2022: 11 components; £0.7m to £2.6m)
£0.22m
Misstatements reported to the audit committee (2022: £0.17m)
70
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
3. Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit
continued
Group revenue
Group profit before tax
Group total assets
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS
OF PINEWOOD TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC
(CONTINUED)
Full scope for group audit purposes 2023
Specified risk-focused audit procedures 2023
Full scope for group audit purposes 2022
Specified risk-focused audit procedures 2022
Residual components
100%
(2022 100%)
100%
(2022 99%)
4
3
98%
(2022 92%)
13
96
100
79
98
96
100
4. Going concern
The directors have prepared the financial statements on the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group or the parent
Company or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that the Group’s and the parent Company’s financial position means that this
is realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their ability to continue
as a going concern for at least a year from the date of approval of the financial statements (“the going concern period”).
We used our knowledge of the Group, its industry, and the general economic environment to identify the inherent risks to its business model and
analysed how those risks might affect the Group’s and parent Company’s financial resources or ability to continue operations over the going
concern period. The risks that we considered most likely to adversely affect the Group’s and parent Company’s available financial resources over
this period were adverse macroeconomic conditions resulting in loss of key customers and increasing costs.
We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity in the going concern period by comparing severe, but plausible downside
scenarios that could arise from these risks individually and collectively against the level of available financial resources indicated by the Group’s
financial forecasts.
We assessed the completeness of the going concern disclosure.
71
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS
OF PINEWOOD TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC
(CONTINUED)
4. Going concern
continued
Our conclusions based on this work:
we consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate;
we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ assessment that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or conditions
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s or parent Company's ability to continue as a going concern for
the going concern period;
we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in note 1 to the financial statements on the use of
the going concern basis of accounting with no material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt over the Group and parent Company’s
use of that basis for the going concern period, and we found the going concern disclosure in note 1 to be acceptable; and
the related statement under the Listing Rules set out on page 81 is materially consistent with the financial statements and our audit
knowledge.
However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with
judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group or the parent Company
will continue in operation.
5. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect
Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to fraud
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or
pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk assessment procedures included:
Enquiring of directors, the audit committee and internal audit and inspection of policy documentation as to the Group’s high- level policies
and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the internal audit function, and the Group’s channel for “whistleblowing”, as well as
whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud.
Reading Board, audit committee and Risk Control Group minutes.
Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets for directors.
Using analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships.
We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit team and remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit.
As required by auditing standards, we perform procedures to address the risk of management override of controls and the risk of fraudulent
revenue recognition, in particular:
the risk that Group and component management may be in a position to make inappropriate accounting entries; and
the risk that new and used vehicle revenue for the year that forms part of the discontinued operations is misstated as a result of revenue
being recorded in the wrong period.
We did not identify any additional fraud risks. We also performed procedures including:
Identifying journal entries to test for all full scope components based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to supporting
documentation.
These included those posted to unusual accounts.
Evaluated the business purpose of significant unusual transactions.
Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias.
72
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS
OF PINEWOOD TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC
(CONTINUED)
5. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect
continued
Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to non-compliance with laws and regulations
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from our
general commercial and sector experience through discussion with the directors and other management (as required by auditing standards),
and discussed with the directors and other management the policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations.
As the Group is regulated, our assessment of risks involved gaining an understanding of the control environment including the entity’s procedures
for complying with regulatory requirements.
We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our team and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance throughout
the audit.
The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial statements varies considerably.
Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the financial statements including financial reporting legislation (including
related companies legislation), distributable profits legislation, and taxation legislation and we assessed the extent of compliance with these
laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the related financial statement items.
Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material effect on
amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or litigation.
We identified the following areas as those most likely to have such an effect: health and safety, anti-bribery, employment law and certain aspects of
company legislation recognising the financial and regulated nature of the Group’s activities.
Auditing standards limit the required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of the directors and other
management and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any.
Therefore if a breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to us or
evident from relevant correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach.
Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches of law or regulation
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in the financial
statements, even though we have properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards.
For example, the further removed
non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely the inherently
limited procedures required by auditing standards would identify it.
In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-detection of fraud, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions,
misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls.
Our audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement.
We are not responsible
for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.
73
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS
OF PINEWOOD TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC
(CONTINUED)
6. We have nothing to report on the other information in the Annual Report
The directors are responsible for the other information presented in the Annual Report together with the financial statements. Our opinion on the
financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated below,
any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, the information
therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that work we have not identified
material misstatements in the other information.
Strategic report and directors’ report
Based solely on our work on the other information:
we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report and the directors’ report;
in our opinion the information given in those reports for the financial year is consistent with the financial statements; and
in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
Directors’ remuneration report
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
Disclosures of emerging and principal risks and longer-term viability
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a material inconsistency between the directors’ disclosures in respect of emerging
and principal risks and the viability statement, and the financial statements and our audit knowledge.
Based on those procedures, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:
the directors’ confirmation within the Viability Statement on page 27 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and
principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity;
the Principal Risk disclosures describing these risks and how emerging risks are identified, and explaining how they are being managed and
mitigated; and
the directors’ explanation in the Viability statement of how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so
and why they considered that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group
will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures
drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.
We are also required to review the Viability statement, set out on page 27 under the Listing Rules.
Based on the above procedures, we have concluded
that the above disclosures are materially consistent with the financial statements and our audit knowledge.
74
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS
OF PINEWOOD TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC
(CONTINUED)
6. We have nothing to report on the other information in the Annual Report
continued
Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context of only the knowledge acquired during our financial statements audit. As we cannot
predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable
at the time they were made, the absence of anything to report on these statements is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and parent Company’s longer-
term viability.
Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a material inconsistency between the directors’ corporate governance
disclosures and the financial statements and our audit knowledge.
Based on those procedures, we have concluded that each of the following is materially consistent with the financial statements and our audit
knowledge:
the directors’ statement that they consider that the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and
understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model
and strategy;
the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit Committee, including the significant issues that the audit committee
considered in relation to the financial statements, and how these issues were addressed; and
the section of the annual report that describes the review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems.
We are required to review the part of the Corporate Governance Report relating to the Group’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate
Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for our review and to report to you if a corporate governance statement has not been prepared
by the Company.
We have nothing to report in these respects.
Based solely on our work on the other information described above:
with respect to the Corporate Governance Report disclosures about internal control and risk management systems in relation to financial
reporting processes and about share capital structures;
we have not identified material misstatements therein; and
the information therein is consistent with the financial statements; and
in our opinion, the Corporate Governance Statement has been prepared in accordance with relevant rules of the Disclosure Guidance and
Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority.
7. We have nothing to report on the other matters on which we are required to report by exception
Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion;
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from
branches not visited by us; or
the parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the
accounting records and returns; or
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
We have nothing to report in these respects.
75
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS
OF PINEWOOD TECHNOLOGIES GROUP PLC
(CONTINUED)
8. Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 66, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements
including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and parent Company’s ability
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting
unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can
arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.
A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.
The Company is required to include these financial statements in an annual financial report prepared under Disclosure Guidance and Transparency
Rule 4.1.17R and 4.1.18R. This auditor’s report provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report has been prepared in accordance
with those requirements.
9.
The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our responsibilities
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.
Our audit
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s
report and for no other purpose.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the
Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Craig Parkin (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
One Snowhill
Snow Hill Queensway
Birmingham
B4 6GH
25 April 2024
76
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
Period ended 31 January 2024
Notes
13m period ended
31 January
2024
£m
Year ended
31 December
2022
£m
Continuing operations
Revenue
2.1
24.5
19.1
Cost of sales
(2.7)
(2.0)
Gross profit
21.8
17.1
Operating expenses
2.2
(11.8)
(10.1)
Operating profit
10.0
7.0
Finance expense
4.3
(0.1)
-
Finance income
4.3
-
-
Net finance costs
(0.1)
-
Profit before taxation
9.9
7.0
Income tax expense
2.6
(1.6)
(1.3)
Profit for the period/year from continuing operations
8.3
5.7
Discontinued operations
Profit for the period/year from discontinued operations, net of tax *
73.4
39.8
Profit for the period/year
81.7
45.5
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
2.7
117.0p
65.4p
Diluted earnings per share
2.7
117.0p
63.0p
Earnings per share - continuing operations
Basic earnings per share
2.7
11.9p
8.2p
Diluted earnings per share
2.7
11.9p
7.9p
*
The discontinued operations in the 13m period to 31 January 2024 and the year ended 31 December 2022 are in respect of the Group's motor and
leasing businesses.
** The Basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share measure for the current period/year apply to continuing and total operations.
On 5 April 2024, the Company announced that it would undertake a capital reorganisation whereby 1 new Ordinary Share of 100 pence each will be issued for every 20 existing Ordinary Shares of 5 pence
each. This is an adjusting post balance sheet event and therefore the earnings per share calculations for the current period and prior period financial statements have been presented reflecting the revised
number of shares post the capital reorganisation.
**
**
The notes on pages 81 to 145 form part of these financial statements
**
**
77
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
13 month Period ended 31 January 2024
Notes
13m period ended
31 January
2024
£m
Year ended
31 December
2022
£m
Profit for the period/year
81.7
45.5
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that will never be reclassified to profit and loss:
Defined benefit plan remeasurement (losses) and gains
5.1
(11.3)
8.2
Income tax relating to defined benefit plan remeasurement losses and (gains)
2.6
2.3
(1.6)
(9.0)
6.6
Items that are or may be reclassified to profit and loss:
Foreign currency translation differences of foreign operations
(0.1)
0.5
(0.1)
0.5
Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year, net of tax
(9.1)
7.1
Total comprehensive income for the year
72.6
52.6
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to equity
shareholders of the company arises from:
Continuing operations
8.2
6.2
Discontinued operations - see note 3.3
64.4
46.4
72.6
52.6
The notes on pages 81 to 145 form part of these financial statements
78
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
13 Month period ended 31 January 2024
Share
capital
£m
Share
premium
£m
Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
Other
reserves
£m
Translation
differences
£m
Retained
earnings
£m
Total
£m
Balance at 1 January 2023
69.9
56.8
5.6
12.6
0.5
135.6
281.0
Total comprehensive income for the period
Profit for the period
-
-
-
-
-
81.7
81.7
Other comprehensive income for the year, net
of tax
-
-
-
-
(0.1)
(9.0)
(9.1)
Total comprehensive income for the period
-
-
-
-
(0.1)
72.7
72.6
Issue of ordinary shares
3.3
-
-
-
-
(3.3)
-
Share based payments
-
-
-
-
-
5.9
5.9
Reserve realised due to re-organisation
(see note 4.4)
-
-
-
(12.6)
-
12.6
-
Income tax relating to share based payments
-
-
-
-
-
(0.1)
(0.1)
EBT consideration on repurchased shares
-
-
-
-
-
1.0
1.0
Balance at 31 January 2024
73.2
56.8
5.6
-
0.4
224.4
360.4
Balance at 1 January 2022
69.9
56.8
5.6
12.6
-
80.7
225.6
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
45.5
45.5
Other comprehensive income for the year, net
of tax
-
-
-
-
0.5
6.6
7.1
Total comprehensive income for the year
-
-
-
-
0.5
52.1
52.6
Share based payments
-
-
-
-
-
3.3
3.3
Income tax relating to share based payments
-
-
-
-
-
(0.1)
(0.1)
Own shares issued by EBT
-
-
-
-
-
0.1
0.1
Own shares purchased by EBT
-
-
-
-
-
(0.5)
(0.5)
Balance at 31 December 2022
69.9
56.8
5.6
12.6
0.5
135.6
281.0
The notes on pages 81 to 145 form part of these financial statements
79
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Approved by the Board of Directors on 25 April 2024 and signed on its behalf by:
W Berman
O Mann
Chief Executive
Chief Financial Officer
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
At 31 January 2024
Notes
31 January
2024
£m
31 December
2022
£m
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
3.2
1.1
515.9
Goodwill
3.1
0.3
144.6
Other intangible assets
3.1
13.8
12.4
Finance lease receivables
-
14.8
Deferred tax assets
2.6
-
11.6
Total non-current assets
15.2
699.3
Current assets
Inventories
3.4
-
620.3
Trade and other receivables
3.6
421.8
115.7
Finance lease receivables
-
2.4
Current tax assets
0.3
3.3
Cash and cash equivalents
4.2
47.4
171.9
Assets classified as held for sale
3.3
-
6.1
Total current assets
469.5
919.7
Total assets
484.7
1,619.0
Current liabilities
Bank overdraft
4.2
-
(102.5)
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
4.2
(93.0)
(1.7)
Lease liabilities
4.7
(0.4)
(20.0)
Trade and other payables
3.7
(23.0)
(812.0)
Deferred income
3.8
(6.5)
(38.2)
Total current liabilities
(122.9)
(974.4)
Non-current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
4.2
(0.2)
(91.0)
Lease liabilities
4.7
(0.6)
(197.9)
Trade and other payables
3.7
-
(35.7)
Deferred income
3.8
-
(36.4)
Deferred tax
2.6
(0.6)
-
Retirement benefit obligations
5.1
-
(2.6)
Total non-current liabilities
(1.4)
(363.6)
Total liabilities
(124.3)
(1,338.0)
Net assets
360.4
281.0
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
4.4
73.2
69.9
Share premium account
4.4
56.8
56.8
Capital redemption reserve
4.4
5.6
5.6
Other reserves
4.4
-
12.6
Translation reserve
4.4
0.4
0.5
Retained earnings
224.4
135.6
Total equity attributable to equity shareholders of the Company
360.4
281.0
The notes on pages 81 to 145 form part of these financial statements
Registered Company Number: 02304195
80
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
13 month Period ended 31 January 2024
Notes
13 m period ended
31 January
2024
£m
Year ended
31 December
2022
£m
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the period/year
81.7
45.5
Adjustment for taxation
2.6
10.1
11.7
Adjustment for net financing expense
65.8
43.8
157.6
101.0
Depreciation and amortisation
30.7
33.5
Share based payments
5.9
3.3
Profit on disposal of own shares by EBT
0.5
-
Profit on sale of businesses and property, plant and equipment
(41.8)
(7.7)
Impairment of goodwill
-
3.6
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
-
1.2
Contribution into defined benefit pension scheme
(14.2)
(13.1)
Changes in inventories
3.4
38.5
(119.8)
Changes in trade and other receivables
(45.9)
(15.2)
Changes in trade and other payables
39.7
150.8
Movement in contract hire vehicle balances
3.5
(57.3)
(20.9)
Cash generated from operations
113.7
116.7
Taxation paid
(6.6)
(1.4)
Bank and stocking interest paid
(45.4)
(25.5)
Bank interest received
1.9
-
Lease interest paid
(16.2)
(14.7)
Finance lease interest received
1.0
1.0
Net cash from operating activities
48.4
76.1
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of businesses net of fees paid
6.1
1.3
3.9
Fees paid in advance of completion on business disposal to Lithia
6.1
(6.6)
-
Cash disposed as part of business disposal
6.1
(15.3)
-
Purchase of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets
3.1, 3.2
(40.2)
(44.3)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets
3.1, 3.2
11.0
13.3
Receipt of lease receivables
2.4
2.0
Net cash used in investing activities
(47.4)
(25.1)
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment of lease liabilities
(19.0)
(22.2)
Repayment of loans
(4.0)
(90.5)
Proceeds from issue of loans (net of directly attributable transaction costs)
-
93.8
Disposal of shares by EBT
-
0.1
Purchase of shares by EBT
-
(0.5)
Net cash outflow from financing activities
(23.0)
(19.3)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
(22.0)
31.7
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
69.4
37.6
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash held
-
0.1
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 January 2024/31 December 2022
4.2
47.4
69.4
The notes on pages 81 to 145 form part of these financial statements
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
81
SECTION 1 - BASIS OF PREPARATION
Presented below are those accounting policies that relate to the financial statements as a whole and includes details of new accounting
standards that are or will be effective for 2024 or later years. To facilitate the understanding of each note to the financial statements those
accounting policies that are relevant to a particular category are presented within the relevant notes.
On 6 February 2024, the Company extended its accounting reference period to end on 31 January 2024. On 13 February 2024, the Company
changed it name to Pinewood Technologies Group PLC (formerly Pendragon PLC).
Pinewood Technologies Group Plc is a Group domiciled in the United Kingdom. The consolidated financial statements of the Group for
the 13 month period ended 31 January 2024 comprise the Group and its subsidiaries and the Group’s interest in jointly controlled entities,
together referred to as the ‘Group’.
The consolidated financial statements of the Group as at and for the 13 month period ended 31 January 2024 (2022: 12 month period
ended 31 December 2022) are prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards.
The Group has elected to prepare its parent Company financial statements in accordance with FRS 101. These are presented on pages
146 to 157.
The financial statements are presented in millions of UK pounds, rounded to the nearest £0.1m. They have been prepared under the
historical cost convention and where other bases are applied these are identified in the relevant accounting policy in the notes below.
Going concern
The Directors are, at the time of approving the financial statements, satisfied that the Group has adequate resources to continue in
operational existence for the foreseeable future.
Thus, they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the
financial statements.
The Directors have considered the potential impact of a 10% reduction in revenue. Given the Group’s activity is
Software as a Service (SaaS), with net customer ‘churn’ of less than 2%, as well as annual price increases for all customers that are out of
their initial three year contract, this is a severe but plausible downside scenario.
When the 10% revenue reduction was applied in FY24, the
Group was still forecast to generate £2.9m of cash in the year.
The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements from operating in a net cash position and being a highly cash generative
business.
As at 31 January 2024, the Group had cash of £47.4m and debt of £93.2m.
Following receipt of the proceeds from the sale of
the UK Motor and Leasing business and repayment of
debt on 1 February 2024, the Group had net cash of £372.3m.
This will be used to
pay a special dividend of £358.4m on 7 May 2024. The Group is forecasting a cash inflow of £5.9m in FY24. The Group also has access
to a £10m RCF, which expires in February 2027 and is not forecast to be utilised in the forecast period.
In the context of the above, the directors have prepared cash flow forecasts for the period to 30 April 2025 which indicate that, taking
account of reasonably possible downsides, the Group will have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due for that period. The
Directors have modelled scenarios as follows:
1. A base cash flow forecast. The 2024 figures in this forecast are based on the Group’s FY24 budget, which reflect current run-rates and
expected strategic improvements. The 2024 figures in the base cash flow forecast are based on the 2024 budget.
2. A severe, but plausible downside scenario.
The directors have also prepared a sensitised forecast which considers the impact of a 10%
reduction in revenue when compared to the base case.
In this scenario, the Group would remain cash generative.
The Directors are mindful of the potential impacts to macro-economic conditions but after assessing the risks do not believe there to be
a material risk to going concern.
Based on the above, the directors are confident that the Group and Company will have sufficient funds to continue to meet its liabilities
as they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements, and therefore the directors believe it remains
appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 1 - BASIS OF PREPARATION
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
82
Judgements
The Group applies judgement in how it applies its accounting policies, which do not involve estimation, but could materially affect the
numbers disclosed in these financial statements. The following accounting judgements, without estimation, have been applied in these
financial statements.
In presenting continuing and discontinuing operations, it was necessary to reconsider the allocation of expenses to the segments that
are now classified as a discontinued operation. Only those expenses which will cease to be incurred on disposal of the discontinued
operations are presented within discontinuing operations i.e. corporate overhead expenses will continue to be incurred and are therefore
recognised within continuing operations within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. The full costs associated with the
crystallisation of long-term incentive plans (LTIPs) have been included within discontinued operations given that the sale was the trigger
for the LTIPs ending earlier than scheduled. As disclosed in the directors’ remuneration report, the Group will discuss with shareholders
the design and costs associated with any future LTIPs.
Internally generated intangible assets relate to activities that involve the development of the dealer management system by the Group’s
Pinewood division. The Directors consider the dealer management system to be one separately identifiable intangible asset that is
continuously developed. Accordingly, subsequent expenditure that does not relate to ongoing maintenance or research activities provides
additional future economic benefit and meets the definition of an intangible asset.
Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with adopted IFRSs requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period/year. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, events or actions,
actual results ultimately may differ from those estimates.
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The estimates and associated assumptions are based
on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision
and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. The Directors do not consider there to be any areas of estimation
uncertainty that could be significant under IAS 1, ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’, being areas of estimation uncertainty with a
significant risk of a material change to the carrying value of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.
Climate change
In preparing these financial statements, management has taken into account climate change risks. This has included reassessing the
estimated useful lives of assets and developing assumptions, used in determining estimates, by considered potential impacts of climate
risks and the Group’s planned response.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 1 - BASIS OF PREPARATION
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
83
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Pinewood Technologies Group Plc, all its subsidiary undertakings
and investments. Consistent accounting policies have been applied in the preparation of all such financial statements.
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns
from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements
of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control
ceases.
Intragroup balances and any unrealised gains or losses or income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions, are eliminated in
preparing the consolidated financial statements.
Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currency of Group entities at the foreign exchange rate ruling
at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated
to the functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms
of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are translated to sterling at foreign exchange rates ruling at the
dates the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognised in profit or loss.
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated to
sterling at foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated to
sterling at rates approximating to the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions.
Foreign currency differences arising on the retranslation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign
operation are recognised directly in equity, in the foreign currency translation reserve, to the extent the hedge is effective. To the extent
the hedge is ineffective, such differences are recognised in profit or loss. When the hedged net investment is disposed of, the cumulative
amount in equity is transferred to profit and loss on disposal.
In respect of all foreign operations, any differences that have arisen after 1 January 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, are presented as
a separate component of equity.
Cash and cash equivalents
For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise deposits with banks and financial institutions, bank and
cash balances, and liquid investments, net of bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of
the Group's cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.
In the balance sheet, bank overdrafts are included in current borrowings.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 1 - BASIS OF PREPARATION
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
84
Government grants
Government grants are recognised when there is reasonable assurance the grants will be received and the conditions of the grant will be
complied with. There was no income support from government grants during the 13 month period to 31 Jan 2024 (2022: £nil). The Group
received a local authority grant of £4.5m in respect of the construction of a property which replaced a similar property which was subject
to a compulsory purchase order.
The grant received was directly credited against the expenditure incurred.
I
mpairment
The carrying amounts of the Group's assets, other than inventories (see note 3.4) and deferred tax assets (see note 2.7), are reviewed at
each balance sheet date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset's recoverable
amount is estimated.
For goodwill the recoverable amount is estimated at each balance sheet date. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less
costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a
pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the
estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.
In assessing fair value less costs to sell, the estimated future cash flows are multiplied by an appropriate trading multiple or by assessing
the fair value of the individual assets.
For the purpose of impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from
continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other groups of assets ('the cash generating unit'). The goodwill
acquired in a business combination, for the purpose of impairment testing is allocated to cash generating units.Following the disposal of
the Motor and Leasing segments management have determined that the cash generating unit of the Group is the Software segment.
An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount.
Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement.
Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill
allocated to cash generating units and then, to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the unit on a pro-rata basis.
An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, an impairment loss is reversed if there has been a
change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset's
carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no
impairment loss had been recognised. The impact of the current period impairment review can be seen in note 3.1.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 1 - BASIS OF PREPARATION
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
85
Adoption of new and revised standards and new standards and interpretations not yet adopted
In 2023 the following amendments had been endorsed by the UK became effective and therefore were adopted by the Group:
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts - this has not had a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
Other standards
A number of new standards, amended standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 January 2024 and
earlier application is permitted; however, the Group has not early adopted the new or amended standards in preparing these consolidated
financial statements. The following new standards, amended standards and interpretations are not expected to have a significant impact
on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
Amendment to IFRS 16 – Leases on sale and leaseback
Amendment to IAS 1 – Non-current liabilities with covenants
Amendment to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 - Supplier finance agreements
Amendments to IAS 21 - Lack of Exchangeability
Alternative performance measures
The Group uses a number of key performance measures ('KPI’s') which are non-IFRS measures to monitor the performance of its
operations. The Group believes these KPIs provide useful historical financial information to help investors and other stakeholders evaluate
the performance of the business and are measures commonly used by certain investors for evaluating the performance of the Group. As a
result of the disposal, the group is now a pure play SaaS business and as such the alternative performance measures used have changed,
with comparatives also provided. The Group will the following KPIs on a consistent basis and they are defined and reconciled as follows:
Revenue including intercompany revenue
is reconciled in
note 2.3 to the nearest GAAP measure.
Gross profit including intercompany gross profit
is reconciled on page 15 of the annual accounts to the nearest GAAP measure.
Core business operating profit
is reconciled on page 15 of the annual accounts to the nearest GAAP measure
Core business operating expenses
is reconciled on page 15 of the annual accounts to the nearest GAAP measure
Continuing operations EBITDA
- Continuing operations earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation.
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Operating Profit
10.0
7.0
Depreciation and Amortisation
5.6
4.3
EBITDA
15.6
11.3
EBITDA Margin (%)
– Continuing operations EBITDA divided by Revenue, including intercompany revenue
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
86
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
This section contains the notes and information to support the results presented in the income statement:
2.1
Revenue
2.5
Audit fees
2.2
Net operating expenses
2.6
Taxation
2.3
Operating segments
2.7
Earnings per share
2.4
Staff costs
2.1 Revenue
Accounting policy
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts collected on behalf of
third parties. The Group recognises revenue when it transfers control over a product or service to a customer.
The following is a description of principal activities from which the Group generates its revenue categorised by the reportable segments
as detailed in note 2.3.
Software
The Group, through its Pinewood business, supplies dealer management systems to motor vehicle dealers. These systems include
consultancy, training and installation services and the right to use the Group's software over a contractual period.
Products and services
may be sold separately or in bundled packages. Examples of a bundled package will include system consultancy, on and off site training
for users together with the right for a number of users to use the software.
For bundled packages, the Group accounts for individual
products and services separately as they are distinct items, as each performance obligation within that contract is separately identifiable
from other items in the bundled package. The consideration is allocated between separate products and services in a bundle based on
their stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the list prices at which the Group sells these items
and are separately identified on the customer's contract and subsequent invoice.
Products
Nature, timing of satisfaction of performance obligations and significant payment terms
and services
Software
Pinewood supply its software on a hosting basis and licence specific numbers of users to access this
service. As such Pinewood supply 'Software as a Service' (SaaS). The software licences are provided only in
conjunction with a hosting service, the customer cannot take control of the licence or use the software without
the hosting service and as such the customer cannot benefit from the licence on its own and the licence is
not separable from the hosting services. Therefore, the licence is not distinct and would be combined with the
hosting service. The Group's assessment of its performance obligation under IFRS 15 of providing SaaS is that
revenue is recognised over the period of the contract. SaaS is billed one month in advance of a quarterly billing
cycle ensuring payment is received prior to commencement of usage.
Training, Installation
The Group recognises revenue on the provision of any consultancy time, training and installation at the point
and Consultancy
of providing and delivering the service. Consultancy hours are billed at the time of delivery. Training courses
are billed at the time of booking which may be in advance of the date the training is scheduled for. Installation
hours are billed at the time of completion of the service.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
2.1 Revenue
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
87
UK Motor segment - discontinued operation
The UK Motor segment principally generates revenue from the sale of new and used motor vehicles, together with the supply of motor
vehicle parts, servicing and repair activities, collectively referred to as aftersales.
Products and services may be sold separately or in
bundled packages. Examples of a bundled package will include the supply of a vehicle with an extended warranty or a servicing plan. For
bundled packages, the Group accounts for individual products and services separately as they are distinct items, as each performance
obligation within that contract is separately identifiable from other items in the bundled package. The consideration is proportionately
allocated between separate products and services in a bundle based on their stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling prices are
determined based on the list prices at which the Group sells these items and are separately identified on the customer's invoice.
The Group had a number of manufacturer partners who will provide goods/services to customers, for example a warranty or free servicing
when purchasing a new vehicle. Such items do not have a contractual obligation on the Group as the obligation lies with the manufacturer
and therefore no revenue is recognised in respect of these items.
Products
Nature, timing of satisfaction of performance obligations and significant payment terms
and services
New and used
The Group recognises revenue on the sale of motor vehicles and parts revenue when they have been supplied
vehicles, parts and
to the customer. The satisfaction of the performance obligation occurs on delivery or collection of the product.
accessories
Vehicles are usually paid for prior to delivery though selected corporate operators may be granted terms of up
to seven days. Parts are either paid for on delivery or within one month, dependant upon whether or not the
customer is retail or has trade terms.
Aftersales service and
The Group recognises revenue when the one time service has been completed.
Revenue is recognised at
repairs
this point provided that the revenue and costs can be measured reliably, the recovery of the consideration
is probable and there is no continuing management involvement with the goods. Payment terms are upon
completion of the service or within one month, dependant upon whether or not the customer is retail or trade.
Commissions
The Group receives commissions when it arranges finance and insurance packages for its customers to
received
purchase its products and services, acting as agent on behalf of various finance and insurance companies.
Any commission earned is recognised when the customer draws down the finance or commences the
insurance policy from the supplier which coincides with the delivery of the product or service. Commissions
receivable are paid typically in the month after the finance is drawn down.
Vehicle warranty
The Group offers a warranty product on vehicles supplied with a guarantee period typically ranging from 3
months to 3 years. The Group recognises revenue on warranties on a straight-line basis over the warranty
period. The performance obligation of the Group, being the rectification of mechanical faults on vehicles sold,
will be the period over which the customer can exercise their rights under the warranty and therefore revenue
should be recognised over the period of the warranty. Warranties are paid for prior to the commencement
of the policy. The unrecognised income is held within deferred income (see note 3.8). There were no such
warranties offered for sale in the US Motor segment.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
2.1 Revenue
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
88
Leasing
The leasing segment generates revenue from the provision of vehicle leasing services, principally to fleets run by various commercial
operators. Vehicles are supplied to customers on operating leases and may include servicing and maintenance agreements, which are
bundled into the overall contract.
For bundled packages, the Group accounts for individual products and services separately as they are
distinct items, as each performance obligation within that contract is separately identifiable from other items in the bundled package. At
the end of each contract the Group will generate revenue from the disposal of the vehicle, recovery of any rectification work and in some
instances additional rentals beyond the original contract term.
Products
Nature, timing of satisfaction of performance obligations and significant payment terms
and services
Leasing
Where vehicles are supplied to a leasing group for contract hire purposes and the Group undertakes to
repurchase the vehicle at a predetermined date and value the transfer of control is deemed not to have
transferred outside the Group and consequently no sale is recognised. As a result the accounting for the
arrangement reflects the Group's retention of the asset to generate future rentals and, in accordance with IFRS
16 Leases, the Group is considered to be an operating lessor for all arrangements in place. The initial amounts
received in consideration from the leasing group are held as deferred income allocated between the present
value of the repurchase commitment, held within trade and other payables and a residual amount of deferred
revenue held within deferred income. A finance charge is accrued against the present value of the repurchase
commitment and recorded as a finance expense in the income statement. The remaining deferred revenue,
which effectively represents rentals received in advance, is taken to the income statement on a straight line
basis over the related lease term. No additional disclosures are made under IFRS 16 as there are no future
rentals receivable. These vehicles are held within 'property, plant and equipment' at their cost to the Group and
are depreciated to their residual values over the terms of the leases. These assets are transferred into inventory
at their carrying amount when they cease to be rented and they become available for sale as part of the Group's
ordinary course of business. Rentals are billed and paid for on a monthly basis.
Maintenance
The Group offer a maintenance contract to customers to cover routine servicing and unexpected repairs of
vehicles under a leasing contract. Revenue is recognised over the period of the contract on a straight line basis.
Maintenance contracts are billed and paid for on a monthly basis.
Used Vehicles
The Group recognises revenue on the sale of ex contract hire motor vehicles when they have been supplied to
the customer. This occurs on delivery or collection of the product. Vehicles are paid for on delivery.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
2.1 Revenue
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
89
Disaggregation of revenue
In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by primary geographical market, major products/service lines and timing of revenue
recognition. The table also includes a reconciliation of the disaggregated revenue with the Group’s four strategic divisions, which are its
reportable segments, see note 2.3.
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
_____Software_____
____UK Motor____
____Leasing____
____Sub total____
____Total____
13m period
Year
13m period
Year
13m period
Year
13m period
Year
13m period
Year
ended 31
ended 31
ended 31
ended 31
ended 31
ended 31
ended 31
ended 31
ended 31
ended 31
January
December
January
December
January
December
January
December
January
December
2024
2022
2024
2022
2024
2022
2024
2022
2024
2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Primary geographical
markets
Europe
23.1
18.1
4,235.1
3,536.2
82.9
64.7
4,318.0
3,600.9
4,341.1
3,619.0
Africa
0.6
0.6
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.6
0.6
Asia and Middle East
0.8
0.4
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.8
0.4
Revenue from external
customers
24.5
19.1
4,235.1
3,536.2
82.9
64.7
4,318.0
3,600.9
4,342.5
3,620.0
Major products/service
lines
Aftersales revenue
-
-
343.7
276.1
-
-
343.7
276.1
343.7
276.1
Used vehicle revenue
-
-
2,190.2
1,808.6
-
-
2,190.2
1,808.6
2,190.2
1,808.6
New vehicle revenue
-
-
1,701.2
1,451.5
-
-
1,701.2
1,451.5
1,701.2
1,451.5
Software revenue
24.5
19.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
24.5
19.1
Leasing revenue
-
-
-
-
82.9
64.7
82.9
64.7
82.9
64.7
Revenue from external
customers
24.5
19.1
4,235.1
3,536.2
82.9
64.7
4,318.0
3,600.9
4,342.5
3,620.0
Timing of revenue
recognition
At point in time
2.5
1.4
4,221.4
3,526.7
48.0
30.9
4,269.4
3,557.6
4,271.9
3,559.0
Over time
22.0
17.7
13.7
9.5
34.9
33.8
48.6
43.3
70.6
61.0
Revenue from external
customers
24.5
19.1
4,235.1
3,536.2
82.9
64.7
4,318.0
3,600.9
4,342.5
3,620.0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
2.1 Revenue
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
90
Contract liabilities
The Group recognises the following contract liabilities:
13 m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Deposits received from customers
-
30.4
Unearned proportion of warranty policies sold
-
21.2
Unearned proportion of software as a service sold
6.5
-
Movements in the deferred income balance in respect of the warranty policies and software as a service income are presented in note 3.8
which shows the value of policies and service sold during the year and the income recognised during the year.
2.2 Net operating expenses
13 m period ended
Year ended
Continuing
Discontinued
31 January
Continuing
Discontinued
31 December
Operations
Operations
2024
Operations
Operations
2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Net operating expenses:
Distribution costs
(7.6)
(212.9)
(220.5)
(5.5)
(179.7)
(185.2)
Administrative expenses
(4.2)
(169.8)
(174.0)
(4.6)
(176.7)
(181.3)
Impairment loss on trade
receivables
-
(0.3)
(0.3)
-
(0.3)
(0.3)
Rents received
-
3.4
3.4
-
2.9
2.9
(11.8)
(379.6)
(391.4)
(10.1)
(353.8)
(363.9)
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
91
2.3 Operating segments
There were three reportable segments, as described below, which were the Group's strategic business units prior to the disposal of the
UK Motor and Leasing segments to Lithia Uk Holding Limited on 31 January 2024. The segments offered different ranges of products
and services and were managed separately because they require their own specialism in terms of market and product. For each of these
segments, the Executive Committee which is deemed to be the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), reviewed internal management
reports on at least a monthly basis. The review of these management reports enabled the CODM to allocate resources to each segment
and form the basis of strategic and operational decisions, such as acquisition strategy, closure programme or working capital allocation.
The following summary describes the operations in each of the Group's reportable segments operational in the period:
Software.
This segment comprises the Group's activities as a dealer management systems provider.
UK Motor.
Following the sale of the entire issued share capital of Pendragon NewCo 2 Limited to Lithia UK Holding Limited on 31 January
2024, the UK Motor segment is now a discontinued operation.
Leasing.
Following the sale of the entire issued share capital of Pendragon NewCo 2 Limited to Lithia UK Holding Limited on 31 January
2024, the Leasing segment is now a discontinued operation.
The tables of financial performance presented in the Operational and Financial Review on pages 15 to 17 are based upon these segmental
reports.
Inter-segment transfers and transactions are entered into under normal commercial terms and conditions that would also be available to
unrelated third parties.
13 month period ended 31 January 2024
Continuing
Discontinued
operations
Group
operations
Software
UK Motor
Leasing
Interest
Sub total
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Revenue including intercompany amounts
32.0
4,235.1
99.8
-
4,334.9
4,366.9
Inter-segment revenue
(7.5)
-
(16.9)
-
(16.9)
(24.4)
Revenue from external customers
24.5
4,235.1
82.9
-
4,318.0
4,342.5
Operating profit
10.0
124.6
23.0
-
147.6
157.6
Finance expense
(0.1)
-
(3.3)
(65.5)
(68.8)
(68.9)
Finance income
-
-
-
3.1
3.1
3.1
Segmental profit
9.9
124.6
19.7
(62.4)
81.9
91.8
Other items included in the income statement are as follows:
Depreciation and impairment
(0.4)
(24.8)
(28.2)
-
(53.0)
(53.4)
Amortisation
(5.2)
(0.2)
(0.2)
-
(0.4)
(5.6)
Share based payments
-
(5.9)
-
-
(5.9)
(5.9)
Other income - profit on the sale of businesses and
property, plant and equipment
-
41.8
-
-
41.8
41.8
As explained in Note 1, in presenting continuing and discontinuing operations, it was necessary to reconsider the allocation of expenses to segments.
As a result, the operating profit by segment has changed to reallocate expenses that will continue to be incurred into the Software segment.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
2.3 Operating segments
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
92
Year ended 31 December 2022
Continuing
Discontinued
operations
Group
operations
Software
UK Motor
Leasing
Interest
Sub total
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Revenue including intercompany amounts
25.4
3,536.2
83.7
-
3,619.9
3,645.3
Inter-segment revenue
(6.3)
-
(19.0)
-
(19.0)
(25.3)
Revenue from external customers
19.1
3,536.2
64.7
-
3,600.9
3,620.0
Operating profit
7.0
74.1
19.9
-
94.0
101.0
Finance expense
-
-
(2.5)
(42.3)
(44.8)
(44.8)
Finance income
-
-
-
1.0
1.0
1.0
Segmental profit
7.0
74.1
17.4
(41.3)
50.2
57.2
Other items included in the income statement are as follows:
Depreciation and impairment
(0.1)
(28.5)
(36.1)
-
(64.6)
(64.7)
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
-
(1.2)
-
-
(1.2)
(1.2)
Amortisation
(4.2)
(0.6)
(0.1)
-
(0.7)
(4.9)
Share based payments
-
(3.3)
-
-
(3.3)
(3.3)
Other income - profit on the sale of businesses and
property, plant and equipment
-
7.7
-
-
7.7
7.7
As explained in Note 1, in presenting continuing and discontinuing operations, it was necessary to reconsider the allocation of expenses to segments.
As a result, the operating profit by segment has changed to reallocate expenses that will continue to be incurred into the Software segment.
Geographical information.
All segments originate in the United Kingdom. The UK Motor and Leasing segments are discontinued operations.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
93
2.4 Staff costs
The average number of people employed by the Group in the following areas was:
13 m period ended
Year ended
Continuing
Discontinued
31 January
Continuing
Discontinued
31 December
Operations
Operations
2024
Operations
Operations
2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Sales
33
1,800
1,833
30
1,793
1,823
Aftersales
-
2,500
2,500
-
2,487
2,487
Administration
173
1,049
1,222
163
1,053
1,216
206
5,349
5,555
193
5,333
5,526
Following the disposalof the UK Motor and Leasing business to Lithia UK Holding Limited on 31 January 2024 employees in the discontinued operations transferred to the new owners and are no longer
employed by the Group.
Costs incurred in respect of these employees were:
13 m period ended
Year ended
Continuing
Discontinued
31 January
Continuing
Discontinued
31 December
Operations
Operations
2024
Operations
Operations
2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Wages and salaries
13.3
215.3
228.6
10.3
181.8
192.1
Social security costs
1.4
20.9
22.3
1.1
19.3
20.4
Contributions to defined contribution
plans (see note 5.1)
0.4
5.8
6.2
0.6
11.1
11.7
Income/(cost) recognised for defined
benefit plans (see note 5.1)
-
(0.2)
(0.2)
-
0.3
0.3
Surplus on disposal of pension scheme
-
0.5
0.5
-
-
-
Share based payments
(see note 4.6)
-
5.9
5.9
-
3.3
3.3
15.1
248.2
263.3
12.0
215.8
227.8
Information relating to directors' emoluments, share options and pension entitlements is set out in the Directors' Remuneration Report on
pages 51 to 61.
2.5 Audit fees
13 m period ended
Year ended
Continuing
Discontinued
31 January
Continuing
Discontinued
31 December
Operations
Operations
2024
Operations
Operations
2022
Auditor’s remuneration:
£'000
£'000
£'000
£'000
£'000
£'000
Fees payable to the company's auditor
for the audit of the company's annual
265.0
501.0
766.0
265.0
505.0
770.0
accounts
Fees payable to the company's auditor
and its associates for other services:
Audit of the Group's subsidiaries
pursuant to legislation
50.0
400.0
450.0
50.0
335.0
385.0
Audit-related assurance services
-
167.0
167.0
-
155.0
155.0
Other assurance services
-
425.0
425.0
-
-
-
315.0
1,493.0
1,808.0
315.0
995.0
1,310.0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
94
2.6 Taxation
Accounting policy
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to
items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the period/year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the
balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Deferred tax is recognised using the balance sheet liability method, recognising temporary differences between the carrying amounts of
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences
are not recognised: initial recognition of goodwill, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business
combination that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit. The amount of deferred tax recognised is based on the expected manner
of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the
balance sheet date.
A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset
can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.
Estimates and judgements
The actual tax on the Group's profits is determined according to complex laws and regulations. Where the effect of these laws and
regulations is unclear, estimates are used in determining the liability for the tax to be paid on profits which are recognised in the financial
statements. The Group considers the estimates, assumptions and judgements to be reasonable but this can involve complex issues
which may take a number of years to resolve. The final determination of tax liabilities could be different from the estimates reflected in
the financial statements but the Group believes that none have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amount
of the liability within the next financial year.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities require management judgement in determining the amounts to be recognised. In particular, judgement
is used when assessing the extent to which deferred tax assets should be recognised with consideration given to the timing and level of
future taxable income. The unrecognised deferred tax assets are disclosed below.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
2.6 Taxation
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
95
13 m period ended
Year ended
Continuing
Discontinued
31 January
Continuing
Discontinued
31 December
Operations
Operations
2024
Operations
Operations
2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
UK corporation tax:
Current tax on profit for the period/year
1.6
-
1.6
1.0
1.6
2.6
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
(0.7)
(0.1)
(0.8)
-
0.3
0.3
0.9
(0.1)
0.8
1.0
1.9
2.9
Overseas taxation:
Current tax on profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
-
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total current tax
0.9
(0.1)
0.8
1.0
1.9
2.9
Deferred tax expense:
Origination and reversal of temporary
differences
0.7
7.6
8.3
0.3
8.0
8.3
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
-
1.0
1.0
-
0.5
0.5
Total deferred tax
0.7
8.6
9.3
0.3
8.5
8.8
Total income tax expense in the income
statement
1.6
8.5
10.1
1.3
10.4
11.7
13 m period ended
Year ended
Continuing
Discontinued
31 January
Continuing
Discontinued
31 December
Operations
Operations
2024
Operations
Operations
2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Profit before taxation
9.9
81.9
91.8
7.0
50.2
57.2
Tax on profit from continuing operations
at UK rate of 23.64% (2022: 19.00%)
2.3
19.4
21.7
1.3
9.6
10.9
Differences:
Tax effect of expenses that are not
deductible in determining taxable profit
-
0.7
0.7
-
1.4
1.4
Permanent differences arising in respect
of fixed assets
-
1.1
1.1
-
(1.7)
(1.7)
Unrecognised losses
-
0.1
0.1
-
0.3
0.3
Employee share option plan
(0.3)
(2.4)
(2.7)
-
-
-
Impact of UK corporation tax rate change
0.3
(1.8)
(1.5)
-
-
-
Non-taxable disposal of investments in
subsidiaries
(9.5)
(9.5)
-
-
-
Adjustments to tax charge in respect of
previous periods
(0.7)
0.9
0.2
-
0.8
0.8
Total income tax expense in the income
statement
1.6
8.5
10.1
1.3
10.4
11.7
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
2.6 Taxation
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
96
Tax rate
The UK tax rate applying throughout 2023 was 23.6% (2022: 19%), the tax rate increased from 19% to 25% on 1 April 2023.
The rate
change to 25% was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021, in 2021 a proportion of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities that were
forecast to unwind after 2023 were translated to 25%.
In 2023 any deferred tax assets and liabilities remaining at 31 January 2024 have
been translated to 25%.
The adjustment to prior period tax charge of £0.7m in 2023 continuing operations is the release of a historic brought forward liability which
has no probability of requiring payment.
This liability related to a historic group relief claim from a joint venture partner where payment
for the group relief was separately settled.
The adjustment to prior period tax charge of £0.9m in 2023 discontinued operations primarily
relates to a taxable reversal of an impairment of amounts due from group undertakings.
Factors affecting the tax charge
The tax charge is decreased by the release of prior year provisions relating to UK corporation tax returns.
The tax charge is increased by
the incidence of non-deductible expenses including the impairment of goodwill and non-qualifying depreciation.
Pillar 2
Following the disposal of the UK Motor and leasing business the remaining Pinewood Technologies Group PLC will not be within scope of
the enacted Pillar 2 rules due to revenue being below the threshold of €750m.
Unrecognised deferred tax assets
There is an unrecognised loss of £2.5m (2022: £1.2m) relating to the US operations following the sale of the final dealerships in 2021.
These losses are likely to increase as the US operation continues to incurr losses in administering the final transactions in the wind down
of the business. These US losses carry forward indefinitely.
The previously unrecognised intra-EU losses (2022: £13.8m) and capital
losses net of rolled over gains (2022: £52.5m) relate to companies disposed of during the period.
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current
tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The deferred tax assets all relate to the UK.
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Deferred tax assets
-
11.6
Deferred tax liabilities
(0.6)
-
Deferred tax (liabilities)/assets
(0.6)
11.6
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
2.6 Taxation
continued
The table below outlines the deferred
tax (liabilities)/assets that
are recognised on
the balance sheet,
together with their movements in
the period/year;
(Charged) to
(Charged)
to
At 1
consolidated
other
At 31
January
income
comprehensive
December
2022
statement
income
2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
Property, plant and equipment
8.0
(1.7)
-
6.3
Retirement benefit obligations
5.1
(2.5)
(1.6)
1.0
Other short term temporary differences
1.7
(1.2)
(0.1)
0.4
Losses
7.3
(3.4)
-
3.9
Tax assets
22.1
(8.8)
(1.7)
11.6
(Charged)/
Credited/
credited
to
(charged) to
At 1
consolidated
other
At 31
January
income
comprehensive
January
2023
statement
income
Disposed
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Property, plant and equipment
6.3
(8.7)
-
2.6
0.2
Retirement benefit obligations
1.0
(3.4)
2.3
0.1
0.0
Other short term temporary differences
0.4
1.4
(0.1)
(5.1)
(3.4)
Losses
3.9
1.4
-
(2.7)
2.6
Tax (liabilities)/assets
11.6
(9.3)
2.2
(5.1)
(0.6)
During 2023 the Group disposed of the UK motor and leasing business along with the an associated current tax asset and deferred
tax assets and liabilities.
As part of the disposal LTIPs vested at the end of January 2024 which gave a tax deduction to Pinewood
Technologies Group PLC which could not be group relieved to the UK motor and leasing business due to limitations in the UK group relief
rules. The tax deduction on LTIPs generated a carried forward loss which is expected to be utilised in full against future profits.
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
97
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 2 - RESULTS AND TRADING
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
98
2.7 Earnings per share
Accounting policy
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (‘EPS’) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or
loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period. The
shares held by the EBT have been excluded from the calculation until such time as they vest unconditionally with the employees. Diluted
EPS is calculated by dividing the profit and loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in
issue taking account of the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, which comprise of share options granted to employees and LTIPs.
Earnings per share calculation
13m period
13m period
Year
Year
ended
ended
ended
ended
31 January
31 January
31 December
31 December
2024
2024
2022
2022
Earnings
Earnings
Earnings
Earnings
per share
Total
per share
Total
pence
£m
pence
£m
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations
11.9
8.3
8.2
5.7
Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations
105.1
73.4
57.2
39.8
Basic earnings per share
117.0
81.7
65.4
45.5
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
11.9
8.3
7.9
5.7
Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations
105.1
73.4
55.1
39.8
Diluted earnings per share
117.0
81.7
63.0
45.5
The calculation of basic, adjusted and diluted earnings per share is based on the
following number of shares in issue (millions):
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
Number
Number
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue
69.8
69.6
Weighted average number of dilutive shares under option
-
2.6
Weighted average number of shares in issue taking account of applicable
outstanding share options
69.8
72.2
Non-dilutive shares under option
-
1.0
On 5 April 2024, the Company announced that it would undertake a capital reorganisation whereby 1 new Ordinary Share of 100 pence
each will be issued for every 20 existing Ordinary Shares of 5 pence each. This is an adjusting post balance sheet event and therefore the
earnings per share calculations for the current period and prior period financial statements have been presented reflecting the revised
number of shares post the capital reorganisation.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
99
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
This section contains the notes and information to support those assets and liabilities presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet that
relate to the Group’s operating activities.
3.1
Intangible assets and goodwill
3.5
Movement in contract hire vehicle balances
3.2
Property, plant and equipment
3.6
Trade and other receivables
3.3
Assets held for sale and discontinued operations
3.7
Trade and other payables
3.4
Inventories
3.8
Deferred income
3.1 Intangible assets and goodwill
Accounting policies
All business combinations are accounted for by applying the purchase method. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition
over the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired subsidiary undertakings at the effective
date of acquisition and is included in the balance sheet under the heading of intangible assets. The goodwill is allocated to cash generating
units (CGUs), which are franchise groups and other business units. An impairment test is performed annually as detailed below. Goodwill
is then held in the balance sheet at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.
Adjustments are applied to bring the accounting policies of the acquired businesses into alignment with those of the Group. The costs
associated with reorganising or restructuring are charged to the post acquisition income statement. For those acquisitions made prior to
1 January 2004, goodwill is recorded on the basis of its deemed cost which represented its carrying value as at 1 January 2004 under UK
GAAP. Fair value adjustments are made in respect of acquisitions. If at the balance sheet date the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities can only be established provisionally then these values are used. Any adjustments to these
values made within 12 months of the acquisition date are taken as adjustments to goodwill.
Internally generated intangible assets relate to activities that involve the development of dealer management systems by the Group’s
Pinewood division. Development expenditure is capitalised only if development costs can be measured reliably, the product is technically
and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete
development and to use or sell the asset. The expenditure capitalised includes the costs of labour and overhead costs that are directly
attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. If the development expenditure does not meet the above criteria it is expensed to
the income statement.
Capitalised development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses and is
amortised over a period of five years.
Intangible assets other than goodwill are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses. This category of asset
includes purchased computer software and internally generated intangible assets which are amortised by equal instalments over four
years and the fair value of the benefit of forward sales orders assumed on acquisition, which is amortised by reference to when those
orders are delivered.
Subsequent expenditure on capitalised intangible assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in
the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred.
Intangible assets arising on an acquisition are recognised separately from goodwill if the fair value of the asset can be identified separately
and measured reliably. Amortisation is calculated on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of the intangible asset. Amortisation
methods and useful lives are reviewed annually and adjusted if appropriate.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.1 Intangible assets and goodwill
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
100
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Development
Other
Goodwill
costs
Sub Total
Goodwill
intangibles
Sub Total
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Cost
At 1 January 2022
0.3
25.4
25.7
406.5
4.5
411.0
436.7
Additions
-
5.7
5.7
-
0.5
0.5
6.2
Disposals
-
-
-
(8.2)
(0.1)
(8.3)
(8.3)
At 31 December 2022
0.3
31.1
31.4
398.3
4.9
403.2
434.6
At 1 January 2023
0.3
31.1
31.4
398.3
4.9
403.2
434.6
Additions
-
6.8
6.8
-
0.2
0.2
7.0
Classified as non-current assets held for sale
-
-
-
(398.3)
(5.1)
(403.4)
(403.4)
At 31 January 2024
0.3
37.9
38.2
-
-
-
38.2
Amortisation
At 1 January 2022
-
14.7
14.7
256.5
4.1
260.6
275.3
Amortised during the year
-
4.2
4.2
-
0.7
0.7
4.9
Impairment of goodwill
-
-
-
3.6
-
3.6
3.6
Amortised during the year
-
-
-
(6.1)
(0.1)
(6.2)
(6.2)
At 31 December 2022
-
18.9
18.9
254.0
4.7
258.7
277.6
-
At 1 January 2023
-
18.9
18.9
254.0
4.7
258.7
277.6
Amortised during the period
-
5.2
5.2
-
0.4
0.4
5.6
Classified as non-current assets held for sale
-
-
-
(254.0)
(5.1)
(259.1)
(259.1)
At 31 January 2024
-
24.1
24.1
-
-
-
24.1
Carrying amounts
At 1 January 2022
0.3
10.7
11.0
150.0
0.4
150.4
161.4
At 31 December 2022
0.3
12.2
12.5
144.3
0.2
144.5
157.0
At 31 January 2024
0.3
13.8
14.1
-
-
-
14.1
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.1 Intangible assets and goodwill
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
101
The following have been recognised in the income statement within net operating expenses:
13 m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Amortisation of internally generated intangible assets
5.2
4.2
Amortisation of other intangible assets
0.4
0.7
Impairment of goodwill
-
3.6
Research and development costs (expensed)
1.6
1.2
Goodwill is allocated across a single cash-generating unit which is Pinewood, following the disposal of the Group's UK Motor and Leasing
cash generating units. This is the lowest level at which cash-generating units are formed. Therefore there is a consistent approach to
performing the annual impairment test to assess the carrying value of this amount is taken. This value was determined by comparing
the carrying value of the asset with the higher of its fair value less costs to sell (where value is determined by applying a trading multiple
to the estimated future cash flow or by assessing the depreciated replacement cost of the individual assets) and value in use (where
value is determined by discounting the future cash flows generated from the continuing use of the unit and was based on the following
key assumptions):
The Pinewood CGU's goodwill carrying value have been based on its fair value less costs to sell. There is significant headroom between
the carrying value of the goodwill asset and the fair value less costs to sell and as such no sensitivity disclosures are relevant as at
31 January 2024.
During the previous year goodwill was allocated across multiple cash-generating units which were the UK Motor franchise groups,
Pinewood and Leasing. This was the lowest level at which cash-generating units were formed. There was therefore a consistent approach
to performing the annual impairment test to assess the carrying value of goodwill. This value was determined by comparing the carrying
value of the asset with the higher of its fair value less costs to sell (where value is determined by applying a trading multiple to the estimated
future cash flow or by assessing the depreciated replacement cost of the individual assets) and value in use (where value is determined
by discounting the future cash flows generated from the continuing use of the unit and was based on the following key assumptions):
Future cash flows were projected into perpetuity with reference to the Group’s forecasts for 2023. The 2023 forecast was derived from
the corporate plan, approved by the Board and compiled on a bottom up basis. New car volume growth was based on the latest SMMT
forecasts. Used car and aftersales revenue and gross profit growth has been based on latest run-rates for the CGUs. The 2024 to 2027
forecast represents a projection from the 2023 bottom up forecast with new volume growth based on the latest market projections and
run-rates applied to determine used volume growth, with associated gross profits calculated from adjusted GPUs. Short term income and
costs growth have been applied at 2.0% and 2.5% respectively. These have been applied based on short term market inflation assumptions.
Future cash flows also include any climate related risks and opportunities, such as the HM Government's decision to move to PHEV and
BHEV by 2030.
At 31 December 2022, it was anticipated that the units will grow revenues in the future. For the purpose of the impairment testing at 31
December 2022, a long-term growth rate of 2.0% had been assumed beyond 2026. The growth rate of 2.0% that has been used in the
impairment calculations was based on long-term inflation.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.1 Intangible assets and goodwill
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
102
Goodwill has been reviewed for any possible impairment and as a result of this review there was no impairment charge
made during the
period (2022: £3.6m).
Goodwill by segment
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Pinewood
0.3
0.3
UK Motor
-
122.3
Leasing
-
22.0
0.3
144.6
Sensitivity of assumptions at 31 December 2022
The forecasts used to determine impairment at 31 December 2022 were sensitive to the key assumptions used in preparing those forecasts.
Future uncertainty with respect to the markets we operated in could have an effect on sales volumes and margins and the general costs of
doing business. The key assumptions used in our forecasts were the vehicle volumes and margins. The sensitivities below indicate the total
change in the value in use forecast, keeping other assumptions constant.
The directors and management have considered and assessed reasonably possible changes to the key assumptions. Within a downside
scenario, the reasonably possible changes to the key assumptions are a severe downturn to vehicle volumes and margins. This considers
both a worsening in economic conditions and restricted new car supply due to manufacturing constraints. This gives sensitivity of an overall
reduction in free cashflow of 11.2%.
This downside sensitivity, there was no effect on both the Pinewood and Leasing segment goodwill values, only UK Motor, which gives rise
to an impairment charge to the Vauxhall CGU of £7.5m, no other CGU impairment noted. The breakdown point for the Vauxhall CGU would
require a reduction in both new and units of 2.8% into perpetuity or a reduction in both new and used GPU of 1.2% into perpetuity.
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
Accounting policy
Freehold land is not depreciated. Depreciation is provided to write off the cost less the estimated residual value of other assets by equal
instalments over their estimated useful economic lives. On transition to IFRS as at 1 January 2004, all land and buildings were restated to
fair value as permitted by IFRS 1, which is then treated as the deemed cost. All other assets are initially measured and recorded at cost.
Depreciation rates are as follows:
Freehold buildings – 2% per annum
Right of use assets - over the period of the lease
Leasehold property improvements – 2% per annum or over the period of the lease if less than 50 years
Fixtures, fittings and office equipment – 10 – 20% per annum
Plant and machinery – 10 – 33% per annum
Motor vehicles – 20 – 25% per annum
Contract hire vehicles are depreciated to their residual value over the period of their lease
The residual value of all assets, depreciation methods and useful economic lives, if significant, are reassessed annually.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
103
The Group recognises in the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment the cost of replacing part of such an item when
that cost is incurred if it is possible that the future economic benefits embodied with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the
item can be measured reliably. All other costs are recognised in the income statement as an expense as incurred.
Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with
the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and are recognised net within other income in the income statement.
The depreciation charge in respect of property, plant and equipment is recognised within administrative expenses within the income
statement.
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Contract
Land &
Plant &
Sub
Land &
Plant &
Motor
hire
Sub
buildings
equipment
Total
buildings
equipment
vehicles
vehicles
Total
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Cost
At 1 January 2022
7.0
2.1
9.1
676.3
84.5
2.5
224.8
988.1
997.2
Additions
-
47.5
10.3
0.2
46.6
104.6
104.6
Business disposals
-
(0.5)
(1.9)
-
-
(2.4)
(2.4)
Other disposals
(6.7)
(0.1)
(6.8)
(32.3)
(9.8)
(0.3)
-
(42.4)
(49.2)
Contract hire vehicles transferred to
inventory
-
-
-
-
(51.4)
(51.4)
(51.4)
Classified as non-current assets held
for sale
-
(2.8)
-
-
-
(2.8)
(2.8)
Reinstated from non-current assets
held for sale
-
3.8
-
-
-
3.8
3.8
At 31 December 2022
0.3
2.0
2.3
692.0
83.1
2.4
220.0
997.5
999.8
At 1 January 2023
0.3
2.0
2.3
692.0
83.1
2.4
220.0
997.5
999.8
Additions
1.4
0.1
1.5
18.3
9.4
0.4
55.6
83.7
85.2
Business disposals
-
-
-
-
(0.1)
-
-
(0.1)
(0.1)
Other disposals
-
-
-
(33.9)
(4.2)
(0.1)
-
(38.2)
(38.2)
Contract hire vehicles transferred to
inventory
-
-
-
(53.3)
(53.3)
(53.3)
Classified as non-current assets held
for sale
-
-
-
(676.4)
(88.2)
(2.7)
(222.3)
(989.6)
(989.6)
At 31 January 2024
1.7
2.1
3.8
-
-
-
-
-
3.8
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
104
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Contract
Land &
Plant &
Sub
Land &
Plant &
Motor
hire
Sub
buildings
equipment
Total
buildings
equipment
vehicles
vehicles
Total
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Depreciation
At 1 January 2022
7.0
2.0
9.0
332.3
61.8
1.0
93.6
488.7
497.7
Charge for the year
-
0.1
0.1
21.6
6.8
0.1
36.1
64.6
64.7
Impairment
-
-
-
1.0
0.2
-
-
1.2
1.2
Business disposals
-
-
-
(0.5)
(1.7)
-
-
(2.2)
(2.2)
Other disposals
(6.7)
(0.1)
(6.8)
(27.2)
(9.2)
(0.3)
-
(36.7)
(43.5)
Contract hire vehicles transferred to
inventory
-
-
-
-
-
-
(34.6)
(34.6)
(34.6)
Classified as non-current assets held
for sale
-
-
-
(0.9)
-
-
-
(0.9)
(0.9)
Reinstated from non-current assets
held for sale
-
-
-
1.5
-
-
-
1.5
1.5
At 31 December 2022
0.3
2.0
2.3
327.8
57.9
0.8
95.1
481.6
483.9
At 1 January 2023
0.3
2.0
2.3
327.8
57.9
0.8
95.1
481.6
483.9
Charge for the period
0.4
-
0.4
18.0
6.7
-
28.3
53.0
53.4
Disposals
-
-
-
(32.4)
(3.9)
-
-
(36.3)
(36.3)
Contract hire vehicles transferred to
inventory
-
-
-
-
-
-
(36.3)
(36.3)
(36.3)
Classified as non-current assets held
for sale
-
-
-
(313.4)
(60.7)
(0.8)
(87.1)
(462.0)
(462.0)
At 31 January 2024
0.7
2.0
2.7
-
-
-
-
-
2.7
Carrying amounts
At 1 January 2022
-
0.1
0.1
344.0
22.7
1.5
131.2
499.4
499.5
At 31 December 2022
-
-
-
364.2
25.2
1.6
124.9
515.9
515.9
At 31 January 2024
1.0
0.1
1.1
-
-
-
-
-
1.1
Assets leased out under operating
leases
Cost at 31 January 2024
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Accumulated depreciation at 31
January 2024
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Accumulated impairment at 31
January 2024
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Carrying value of assets leased out
under operating leases at 31 January
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2024
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
continued
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Building projects currently under construction for which no depreciation has been
charged during the period
-
7.6
Future capital expenditure which has been contracted for but not yet provided in the
financial statements - property development and refurbishment
-
2.8
Cumulative interest charges capitalised as construction costs and included in land and
buildings
-
6.0
The following items have been charged to the income statement as operating expenses
during theperiod/year:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment - leased
12.3
15.2
Depreciation of contract hire vehicles - leased
28.3
36.1
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment - owned
12.8
13.4
Cash flow statement information
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangible assets:
Additions to land and buildings
(19.7)
(47.5)
Additions to plant and equipment
(9.5)
(10.3)
Additions to motor vehicles
(0.4)
(0.2)
Additions to intangible assets (see note 3.1)
(7.0)
(6.2)
Total additions
(36.6)
(64.2)
Additions to property, plant and equipment of diposal group held for sale
(8.6)
-
Less additions of property, plant and equipment acquired under leases for which no
cash flow arises (excludes fees capitalised of £0.7m (2022: £2.6)) (see note 4.7)
5.0
19.9
Cash flows from investing activities in respect of additions to property, plant and
equipment
(40.2)
(44.3)
Cash flows relating to the purchase of contract hire vehicles are disclosed within
Movement in contract hire vehicle balances (see note
3.5).
3.3 Assets held for sale and discontinued operations
Accounting policy
Non-current assets that are expected to be recovered primarily through sale rather than through continuing use are classified as
held for sale. Immediately before classification as held for sale, the assets are measured in accordance with the Group's accounting
policies. Thereafter the assets are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Impairment losses on
remeasurement are recognised in the income statement. Gains are not recognised in excess of any cumulative impairment loss. Non-
current assets classified as held for sale are available for immediate sale and a resultant disposal is highly probable within one year.
A non-current asset that stops being classified as held for sale is remeasured at the lower of its carrying amount prior to the asset or
disposal group being classified as held for sale, adjusted for any depreciation or amortisation that would have been recognised if the asset
had not been classified as held for sale, or, its recoverable amount at the date of the decision not to sell.
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
105
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.3 Assets held for sale and discontinued operations
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
106
Discontinued operations
During 2023 the Group agreed to sell it's entire motor and leasing businesses together with related central activities to Lithia UK Holding
Limited.
The sale received shareholder approval in October 2023 and completed on 31 January 2024, the balance sheet date of this report.
The motor business, leasing business and related central activities were classified as a disposal group held for sale in October 2023. The
comparative consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income has been represented to show these discontinued
operations separately from continuing operations.
The US Motor business is now classified as continuing as operations continue in
administering the final transactions of that business.
The results of the discontinued operations and other financial information relating to the discontinued operation for the period is set out
below.
Income statement
Results from discontinued operations
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
Notes
£m
£m
Revenue
2.1
4,318.0
3,600.9
Cost of sales
(3,832.6)
(3,160.8)
Gross profit
485.4
440.1
Operating expenses
2.2
(379.6)
(353.8)
Operating profit before other income
105.8
86.3
Other income - gains on the sale of businesses and property, plant and equipment
(see below)
41.8
7.7
Operating profit
147.6
94.0
Finance expense
4.3
(68.8)
(44.8)
Finance income
4.3
3.1
1.0
Net finance costs
(65.7)
(43.8)
Profit before taxation
81.9
50.2
Income tax (expense)/credit
2.6
(8.5)
(10.4)
Profit for the period/year
73.4
39.8
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
2.7
105.1p
57.2p
Diluted earnings per share
2.7
105.1p
55.1p
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.3 Assets held for sale and discontinued operations
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
107
The following items have been credited to the income statement during the period/year:
13 m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
Profit on sale of assets classified as held for sale:
£m
£m
Profit on disposal of businesses to Lithia UK Holding Limited
40.7
-
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment classified as held for sale
1.2
8.0
Profit on sale of assets classified as held for sale:
41.9
8.0
Profit on disposal of businesses not classified as held for sale
(0.1)
-
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment not classified as held for sale
-
(0.3)
Other income - gains on the sale of businesses and property, plant and equipment
41.8
7.7
Cash flows from/(used in) discontinued operations
Net cash from operating activities
17.5
57.8
Net cash used in investing activities
(40.4)
(19.4)
Net cash used in financing activities
(22.9)
(19.3)
Net cash (decrease)/increase generated by discontinued operation
(45.8)
19.1
Total
Net book value
Net assets at the date of disposal:
£m
Goodwill
144.3
Other intangible assets
0.4
Property, plant and equipment
555.3
Inventories
669.5
Trade and other receivables
117.8
Finance lease receivables
16.1
Trade and other payables
(908.3)
Bank balances and cash in hand
15.3
Retirement benefit obligations
0.5
Lease liabilities
(207.0)
Deferred income
(97.1)
Deferred tax assets
5.1
Current tax assets
8.8
320.7
Profit on sale of businesses
40.7
Total proceeds - satisfied in cash received on 1 February 2024 - included in Trade and other receivables - see note 3.6
361.4
Proceeds due from sale of to Lithia UK Holding Limited.
377.5
Less proceeds unpaid as at 31 January 2024
(377.5)
Transaction fee expense incurred in Lithia sale
(16.1)
Less fees remaining unpaid at 31 January 2024
9.5
Cash flows from investing activities in respect of proceeds from sale of discontinued operation included within net cash
used in investing activities
(6.6)
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.3 Assets held for sale and discontinued operations
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
108
Balance sheet
The Group held a number of freehold properties that were being marketed for sale at 31 december 2022. These properties were valued
using a combination of external qualified valuers and in-house experts. These properties that were classified as held for sale that were
unsold at 31 January were included in the assets sold to Lithia UK Holding Limited and therefore at the balance date the Group had no
remaining assets held for sale.
Assets classified for sale comprise:
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Property, plant and equipment
-
6.1
3.4 Inventories
Accounting policies
Motor vehicle inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present
location and condition are included and cost is based on price including delivery costs less specific trade discounts. Fair value reviews
of stock are conducted regularly utilising our market intelligence and analysis of the market which we conduct by segment and by model,
these fair values are updated in the light of any changing trends by model line. The assessment of fair values involves an element of
estimation: the Group takes the age profile of our inventories at the year end, estimates the likely sale period and the expected profit or
loss on sale to determine the fair value at the balance sheet date. Whilst this data is deemed representative of current values it is possible
that ultimate sales values can vary from those applied. Parts inventories are based on an average purchase cost principle and are written
down to net realisable value by providing for obsolescence on a time in stock based formula approach.
Consignment vehicles are regarded as being effectively under the control of the Group and are included within inventories on the balance
sheet as the Group has the significant risks and rewards of ownership even though legal title has not yet passed. The corresponding
liability is included in trade and other payables. Movements in consignment vehicle inventory and its corresponding liability within trade
and other payables are not included within movements of inventories and payables as stated in the consolidated cash flow statement as
no cash flows arise in respect of these transactions until the vehicle is either sold or purchased at which point it is reclassified within new
and used vehicle inventory.
Motor vehicles are transferred from contract hire activities at the end of their lease term to inventory at their depreciated cost. No physical
cash flow arises from these transfers.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.4 Inventories
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
109
Balance sheet
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
New and used vehicles
-
559.7
Consignment vehicles
-
35.3
Vehicle parts and other inventories
-
25.3
-
620.3
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Inventories recognised as an expense during the year
3,787.6
3,126.2
Carrying value of inventories subject to retention of title clauses
-
462.1
Write-down of inventories to net realisable value (included within cost of sales)
-
8.1
Prior to the disposal of inventory to Lthia UK Holding Limited on 31 January, used vehicle inventory was written down to net realisable
value with a write-down of £11.5m (2022: £6.9m). The key assumptions underpinning the write-down of net realisable value of the used
vehicle inventory are (i) the time to sell each vehicle; (ii) the expected sales price at the date of sale. Sensitivities have been performed
on the key assumptions; (i) a 30 day sensitivity has been used for the time to sell each vehicle as this is a plausible scenario and (ii) a
£500 sensitivity has been used for the expected sales price at the date of sale as in the region of £500 variations in GPUs have been
seen in previous reporting periods.
The inventory was sold to Lithia UK Holding Limited on 31 January 2024 and the value applied in the
computation of the profit on disposal includes this write down.
If the average time to sell a vehicle is increased by 30 days then it would increase the write-down of the used vehicle inventory by £4.7m
(2022: £2.5m). If the expected sales prices at the date of sale were to decrease by £500 per vehicle, then it would increase the expense
recognised in the income statement of the write-down of used vehicle inventory by £4.8m (2022: £3.7m). Whereas if the average time
to sell a vehicle is decreased by 30 days then it would decrease the value of the expense recognised of the write-down of used vehicle
inventory by £3.8m (2022: £2.3m). Also if the expected sales prices at the date of sale were to increase by £500 per vehicle then it would
decrease the expense recognised of the write-down of used vehicle inventory by £3.2m (2022: £2.4m) in the period ending 31 January
2024. As all inventory was disposed as part of the business disposal the overall income statement balance would have no sensitivity to
these changes as an expense in the period would be matched by a gain on disposal.
Cash flow statement information
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Movement in inventory
620.3
(107.5)
Inventory changes in business disposals Other
(1.5)
(37.2)
Non cash movement in consignment vehicles
43.5
8.1
Transfer value of contract hire vehicles from fixed assets to inventory
45.7
16.8
Inventory changes in business disposals Lithia
(669.5)
-
Cash flow increase/(decrease) due to movements in inventory
38.5
(119.8)
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
110
3.5 Movement in contract hire vehicle balance
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Depreciation
28.3
36.1
Changes in trade and other payables and deferred income
20.2
(7.9)
Purchases of contract hire vehicles
(102.5)
(46.6)
Unwinding of discounts in contract hire residual values
(3.3)
(2.5)
(57.3)
(20.9)
3.6 Trade and other receivables
Accounting policy
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and are subsequently stated at amortised cost using the effective interest
method, less any impairment losses.
Impairment losses are measured in accordance with IFRS 9, which is based on an ‘expected credit loss’ (ECL) model. The impairment
model applies to financial assets measured at amortised cost.
The calculation of ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash
shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash flows due to the entity in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Group
expects to receive).
The Group considers a trade or other receivable to be in default when the borrower is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group in
full after all reasonable actions have been taken to recover the debt.
Credit risk management
The Group is exposed to credit risk primarily in respect of its trade receivables and financial assets. Trade receivables are stated net of
provision for estimated impairment losses. Exposure to credit risk in respect of trade receivables is mitigated by the Group’s policy of only
granting credit to certain customers after an appropriate evaluation of credit risk. Credit risk arises in respect of amounts due from vehicle
manufacturers in relation to bonuses and warranty receivables. This risk is mitigated by the range of manufacturers dealt with, the Group’s
procedures in effecting timely collection of amounts due and management’s belief that it does not expect any manufacturer to fail to meet
its obligations. Financial assets comprise trade and other receivables (as above) and cash balances. The counterparties are banks and
management does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the
carrying amount of each financial asset, including derivative financial instruments, in the balance sheet.
Before granting any new customer credit terms the Group uses external credit scoring systems to assess the potential new customer’s
credit quality and defines credit limits by customer. These limits and credit worthiness are regularly reviewed and use is made of monitoring
alerts provided by the providers of the credit scoring systems. The Group has no customer that represents more than 5% of the total
balance of trade receivables.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.6 Trade and other receivables
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
111
Balance sheet
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Trade receivables
3.6
58.9
Allowance for doubtful debts
(0.5)
(0.3)
3.1
58.6
Manufacturer bonus receivables
-
23.3
Proceeds receivable in respect of sale of business to Lithia UK Holding Limited
377.5
-
Other receivables
41.2
24.3
Prepayments
-
9.5
421.8
115.7
All amounts are due within one year.
The proceeds receivable in respect of sale of the Uk Motor and Leasing businesses to Lithia UK Holding Limited were received on 1
February 2024.
Other receivables comprises of £40.3m due from Lithia UK Holding Limited in relation to settlement of intra-group balances between the
two parties at 31 January 2024 (of which £28.0m was received on 1 February 2024).
Total trade receivables held by the Group at 31 January 2024 was £3.1m (31 December 2022: £58.6m).
The average credit period taken on sales of goods is 29 days (2022: 29 days). No interest is charged on trade receivables. The Group
makes an impairment provision based on the expected credit losses it deems likely to incur. The calculation is based on an average of
previous default experiences which is assessed against the risk of the current total in light of current economic expectations.
An expense
has been recognised in respect of impairment losses during the 13 month period of £0.3m (2022: £0.3m).
The ageing of trade and other receivables at the reporting date was:
Manufacturer
Manufacturer
Trade
bonus
Other
Trade
bonus
Other
receivables
receivables
receivables
receivables
receivables
receivables
2024
2024
2024
2022
2022
2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Not past due
2.8
-
418.7
27.6
22.8
23.4
Past due 0-30 days
0.1
-
-
19.8
0.2
0.6
Past due 31-120 days
0.1
-
-
8.5
0.3
0.3
Past due 120+ days
0.6
-
-
3.0
-
-
3.6
-
418.7
58.9
23.3
24.3
Provision for impairment
(0.5)
-
-
(0.3)
-
-
3.1
-
418.7
58.6
23.3
24.3
Included within the Other receivables of £417.7m at 31 January 2024 is £416.6m in respect of the sale consideration and settlement of
other inter party balances due from Lithia UK Holding Limited.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
3.6 Trade and other receivables
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
112
The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Balance at 1 January 2023 / 1 January 2022
0.3
0.3
Utilisation
(0.3)
(0.3)
Impairment loss recognised
0.8
0.3
Reclassifed as assets held for sale
(0.3)
-
Balance at 31 January 2024 / 31 December 2022
0.5
0.3
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.
Finance lease receivables
Where the group acts as a lessor of properties of which it is a lessee and the term of the head lease and sub lease are coterminous, rather
than recognise a right of use asset the Group recognises a finance lease receivable which is measured at the net present value of future
cash receipts discounted at the Group's incremental borrowing rate. The finance income element of rentals received under these leases
is credited so as to give a constant rate of finance income on the remainder of the obligation. Finance income is credited in the income
statement. The finance lease receivable is reduced by rentals received and increased by the interest income recognised.
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Non-current
-
14.8
Current
-
2.4
-
17.2
Finance lease rentals are invoiced quarterly on standard rent quarter days, no credit terms are extended beyond these dates. Expected
credit losses in respect of finance lease receivables are deemed immaterial.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
113
3.7 Trade and other payables
Accounting policy
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and are subsequently stated at amortised cost using the effective interest
method, less any write-offs.
Balance sheet
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Trade payables
0.5
71.7
Vehicle stocking loans
-
547.4
Contract hire buyback commitments
-
58.2
Consignment vehicle liabilities
-
35.3
Payments received on account
-
30.4
Other taxation and social security
3.3
2.9
Accruals and other deferred income
19.2
101.8
23.0
847.7
Non-current
-
35.7
Current
23.0
812.0
23.0
847.7
Trade payables are classified as other financial liabilities. Fair value is deemed to be the same as carrying value.
Details of the stocking loan facilities are presented in the Capital Management section of note 4.2 below.
The non-current element of trade and other payables relates to contract hire buyback commitments where the Group has contracted to
repurchase vehicles, at predetermined values and dates, that have been let under operating leases or similar arrangements.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 3 - OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
114
3.8 Deferred income
Software as a Service
The Group invoices customers of its Dealer Management System on a Software as a Service basis and is billed one month in advance of
a quarterly billing cycle. Revenue and income are recognised over the quarter billed and any unrecognised income is held within deferred
income. Movements for 2023 are stated gross to include external and intra group income.
Warranty policies sold
The income received in respect of warranty policies sold and administered by the Group is recognised over the period of the policy on a
straight line basis. The unrecognised income is held within deferred income.
All warranty contracts and deferred income entitlement were
sold to Lithia UK Holding Limited on 31 January 2024.
Contract hire
Vehicles supplied to a leasing group for contract hire purposes where the Group undertakes to repurchase the vehicle at a predetermined
date are accounted for in accordance with IFRS 16 Leases, where the Group is considered to be an operating lessor for all arrangements
in place. The initial amounts received in consideration from the leasing group are allocated between the present value of the repurchase
commitment, held within trade and other payables and a residual amount of deferred revenue held within deferred income. The deferred
revenue, which effectively represents rentals received in advance, is taken to the income statement on a straight line basis over the related
lease term.
All Contract Hire contracts and deferred income entitlement were sold to Lithia UK Holding Limited. on 31 January 2024.
Software as
Warranty
Contract
a service
policies
hire
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 January 2023
-
21.2
53.4
74.6
Created in the period
28.5
24.1
53.1
105.7
Recognised as income during the period
(22.0)
(13.9)
(34.9)
(70.8)
Warranty claims paid
-
(5.9)
-
(5.9)
Balance transferred on disposal of business
-
(25.5)
(71.6)
(97.1)
At 31 January 2024
6.5
-
-
6.5
Recognition of opening balance as at 31 December 2022
Recognised during the year
-
12.5
25.7
38.2
Balance transferred on disposal of business
-
8.7
27.7
36.4
-
21.2
53.4
74.6
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
115
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
This section contains the notes and information to support the elements of both debt and equity financing as presented in the Consolidated
Balance Sheet.
4.1
Accounting policies
4.5
Dividends
4.2
Financial instruments and derivatives
4.6
Share based compensation
4.3
Net financing costs
4.7
Leases
4.4
Capital and reserves
4.1 Accounting policies
IFRS 9 requires an entity to recognise a financial asset or a financial liability in its statement of financial position when it becomes party to
the contractual provisions of the instrument. At initial recognition, an entity measures a financial asset or a financial liability at its fair value
plus or minus, in the case of a financial asset or a financial liability not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly
attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or the financial liability. Subsequent to initial recognition financial assets and
financial liabilities are classified and measured as described below.
Financial assets
IFRS 9 classifies assets according to the business model for their realisation, as determined by the expected contractual cashflows. This
classification determines the accounting treatment, and the classification under IFRS 9 is by reference to the accounting treatment i.e.
amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income or fair value through profit and loss.
A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if both of the following conditions are met:
the asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and
the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on
the principal amount outstanding.
Financial assets are therefore classified and measured in these financial statements at amortised cost.
The Group recognises loss allowances for expected credit losses (ECLs) on financial assets measured at amortised cost, debt investments
measured at FVOCI and contract assets (as defined in IFRS 15).
The Group measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime ECL, except for other debt securities and bank balances for which
credit risk (i.e. the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial instrument) has not increased significantly since initial
recognition which are measured as 12-month ECL.
Loss allowances for trade receivables and contract assets are always measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL.
When determining whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and when estimating ECL,
the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both
quantitative and qualitative information and analysis, based on the Group’s historical experience and informed credit assessment and
including forward-looking information.
The Group assumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly if it is more than 30 days past due.
The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when:
the borrower is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group in full, without recourse by the Group to actions such as realising
security (if any is held); or
the financial asset is more than 90 days past due.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.1 Accounting policies
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
116
Lifetime ECLs are the ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument.
12-month ECLs are the portion of ECLs that result from default events that are possible within the 12 months after the reporting date (or
a shorter period if the expected life of the instrument is less than 12 months).
The maximum period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk.
Measurement of ECLs
ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the
difference between the cash flows due to the entity in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive).
ECLs are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset.
Credit-impaired financial assets
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost and debt securities at FVOCI are credit-
impaired. A financial asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows
of the financial asset have occurred.
Write-offs
The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off (either partially or in full) to the extent that there is no realistic prospect of
recovery.
Impairment of financial assets
IFRS 9 adopts an expected credit loss approach (ECL).
The IFRS 9 approach does not require a credit event (an actual loss or a debt past
a number of days due) to occur but is based on changes in expectations of credit losses. IFRS 9 also requires that impairment of financial
assets be shown as a separate line item in either the statement of comprehensive income or the income statement.
Financial assets
IFRS 9
classification
£m
Trade and other receivables
Amortised cost
417.5
Finance lease receivables
Amortised cost
-
Cash and cash equivalents
Amortised cost
47.4
Trade and other receivables
- see note 3.6
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and demand deposits, and other short term highly liquid investments that are readily
convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.1 Accounting policies
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
117
Loans and borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial
recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any difference between cost and redemption value being
recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis. The effective interest basis is a
method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest payments over the relevant period. The effective
interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability, or where
appropriate, a shorter period.
Trade and other payables
- see note 3.7
Hedging Instruments
The Group no longer holds any hedging instruments to hedge currency risks arising from its activities. There are no material Group
operations conducted in currencies other than GBP.
4.2 Financial instruments and derivatives
Cash and cash equivalents
Carrying value
Carrying value
and fair value
and fair value
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Bank balances and cash equivalents
47.4
69.4
Cash and cash equivalents in the Balance Sheet
47.4
171.9
Bank overdrafts repayable on demand and used for cash management in the Balance Sheet
-
(102.5)
Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows
47.4
69.4
Bank overdrafts reflect the aggregated overdrawn balances of Group companies (even if those companies have other positive cash
balances).
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.2 Financial instruments and derivatives
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
118
Borrowings
As at 31 January 2024, borrowing facilities comprised an amortising Senior Term Finance Agreement (SFA), maturing March 2027, with
an outstanding principal balance of £93m and a
Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) of £75m, maturing March 2026, with extension at the
option of lenders to
March 2027. Irrevocable notices to cancel and repay both were given by the balance sheet date and all facilities were
cancelled and repaid on 1 February 2024. Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Group has signed a new £10m RCF with Barclays
Bank, expiring in March 2027.
As at 31 January 2024, total facility commitments and expiry are as set out below:
Expiry Date
£m
RCF
February 2024
75.0
SFA
February 2024
97.0
172.0
At the date of this report the RCF remains undrawn.
For the 13 month period to 31 January 2024, the following margins and fees were in place:
Commitment
(non-utilisation)
Current
margin
fee
RCF
5.00%
2.25%
SFA
6.00%
n/a
For the 13 month period to 31 January 2024, the following covenants were in place:
The leverage covenant is calculated as the ratio of bank borrowings less cash in hand and at bank to underlying profit before tax,
depreciation, amortisation and finance charges (excluding vehicle stocking plan interest charges disclosed in note 4.3) calculated on an
IAS 17 basis. This ratio can not exceed 2.00 times. At the final reported covenant end period of 31 December 2023 the ratio was 0.3 times.
The fixed charge cover covenant is calculated as the ratio of underlying profit before tax, depreciation, amortisation and finance charges
(excluding vehicle stocking plan interest charges disclosed in note 4.3) calculated on an IAS 17 basis plus rent paid, to finance charges
(excluding vehicle stocking plan interest charges disclosed in note 4.3) plus payments for rent, scheduled amortisation under the SFA and
pension contributions. This ratio must exceed 1.60 times. At the final reported covenant end period of 31 December 2023 the ratio was
2.5 times.
The minimum underlying EBITDA covenant is calculated as for the leverage covenant ratio i.e. underlying profit before tax, depreciation,
amortisation and finance charges (excluding vehicle stocking plan interest charges disclosed in note 4.3) calculated on an IAS 17 basis.
This must exceed £75.0m and at the final reported covenant end period of 31 December 2023 was £111.2m.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.2 Financial instruments and derivatives
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
119
Summary of borrowings
Carrying
Carrying
value
Fair value
value
Fair value
31 January
31 January
31 December
31 December
2024
2024
2022
2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
Non-current
:
SFA
-
-
90.8
90.8
Other loan notes
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
Lease liabilities
0.6
0.6
197.9
197.9
Total non-current
0.8
0.8
288.9
288.9
SFA
93.0
93.0
1.7
1.7
Bank overdraft
-
-
102.5
102.5
Lease liabilities
0.4
0.4
20.0
20.0
Total current
93.4
93.4
124.2
124.2
Total borrowings
94.2
94.2
413.1
413.1
The Group had terminated its SFA and therefore repaid the principal outstanding of £93m on 1 February 2024.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.2 Financial instruments and derivatives
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
120
Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities
13 month period ended 31 January 2024
____Borrowings___
__________Equity_________
Long term
Finance
Share
Other
Retained
borrowings
Lease
capital
reserves
earnings
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 January 2023
92.7
217.9
69.9
75.5
135.6
591.6
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment of lease liabilities
-
(19.0)
-
-
-
(19.0)
Repayment of loans
(4.0)
-
-
-
-
(4.0)
Proceeds from issue of loans (net of directly attributable
transaction costs)
-
-
-
-
-
-
Proceeds from issue of loans (net of directly attributable
transaction costs)
(207.0)
-
-
-
(207.0)
(4.0)
(226.0)
-
-
-
(230.0)
Other changes
The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates
-
-
-
(0.1)
-
(0.1)
New leases undertaken - non cash
-
10.0
-
-
-
10.0
Issue of ordinary shares to the benefit of the EBT for which no
cash flow arises
-
-
3.3
-
(3.3)
-
Disposal of leases - non cash
-
(0.5)
-
-
-
(0.5)
Liability-related : Lease expenses - non cash
-
(0.4)
-
-
-
(0.4)
Liability-related : Amortisation of fees and expenses
4.5
-
-
-
-
4.5
Equity-related : Total other changes
-
-
-
(12.6)
92.1
79.5
At 31 January 2024
93.2
1.0
73.2
62.8
224.4
454.6
Year ended 31 December 2022
At 1 January 2022
87.3
222.1
69.9
75.0
80.7
535.0
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment of lease liabilities
-
(22.2)
-
-
-
(22.2)
Repayment of loans
(90.5)
-
-
-
-
(90.5)
Proceeds from issue of loans (net of directly attributable trans-
action costs)
93.8
-
-
-
93.8
3.3
(22.2)
-
-
-
(18.9)
Other changes
The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates
0.1
0.1
-
-
-
0.2
New leases undertaken - non cash
-
35.3
-
-
-
35.3
Disposal of finance leases - non cash
-
(17.6)
-
-
-
(17.6)
Liability-related : Lease expenses - non cash
-
0.2
-
-
-
0.2
Liability-related : Amortisation of fees and expenses
2.0
-
-
-
-
2.0
Equity-related : Total other changes
-
-
-
0.5
54.9
55.4
At 31 December 2022
92.7
217.9
69.9
75.5
135.6
591.6
Interest payments in respect of the above borrowings are reported in operating cash flows in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.2 Financial instruments and derivatives
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
121
Fair value hierarchy
Financial instruments carried at fair value are required to be measured by reference to the following levels:
Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices)
or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)
The RCF and SFA have been measured by a Level 2 valuation method.
The effective interest rates for all borrowings are all based by reference to SONIA. Leases are effectively held at fixed rates of interest
within the range set out below. Information regarding classification of balances and interest, the range of interest rates applied in the year
to 31 December 2022 and repricing periods, is set out in the table below.
Carrying
value
Interest
Interest
Classification
£m
Classification
classification
rate range
Repricing periods
Bank balances and cash equivalents
Loans and receivables
47.4
Amortised cost
Floating GBP
0.45%-4.50%
6 months or less
Borrowings
Non - current:
Other loan notes
Other financial liabilities
0.2
Amortised cost
Fixed GBP
12.50%
n/a
Lease liabilities
Other financial liabilities
0.6
Amortised cost
Fixed GBP
10.00%
n/a
Total non-current
0.8
RCF
Other financial liabilities
-
Amortised cost
Floating GBP
N/A - not drawn
6 months or less
SFA
Other financial liabilities
93.0
Amortised cost
Floating GBP
6.75% - 8.94%
6 months or less
Lease liabilities
Other financial liabilities
0.4
Amortised cost
Fixed GBP
10.00%
n/a
Total current
93.4
Total borrowings
94.2
The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Pound sterling
94.2
413.1
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.2 Financial instruments and derivatives
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
122
Treasury policy, financial risk, funding and liquidity management
Financial risk management
The Group is exposed to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:
Funding and liquidity risk - the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.
Credit risk - the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual
obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and investment securities.
Market risk - the risk that changes in market prices, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates, have on the Group's financial
performance.
The Group's quantitative exposure to these risks is explained throughout these financial statements whilst the Group's objectives and
management of these risks is set out below.
Treasury policy and procedures
Group treasury matters are managed within policy guidelines set by the Board with prime areas of focus being liquidity and interest
rate exposure. Management of these areas is the responsibility of the Group’s central treasury function. The Board does not permit the
speculative use of derivatives.
Funding and liquidity management
The Group is financed primarily by its SFA, RCF, vehicle stocking credit lines and operating cash flow.The RCF and SFA are committed
facilities which mature within appropriate timescales and are maintained at levels in excess of planned requirements.
Each business within the Group is responsible for its own day-to-day cash management and the overall cash position is monitored on a
daily basis by the Group treasury department.
The maturity of non-current borrowings is as follows, excluding lease liabilities:
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Between 1 and 2 years
-
7.3
Between 2 and 5 years
0.2
83.7
0.2
91.0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.2 Financial instruments and derivatives
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
123
Maturities include contractual repayment dates for the amortising SFA. As at the balance sheet date, the Group had terminated its SFA and
therefore repaid the principal outstanding of £93m, together with accrued interest and an early repayment premium of 2% of the principal,
the following day. The Group also has £0.2m of loan notes outstanding with a contractual repayment date of March 2027. The maturities
therefore represent the final repayment dates for these facilities and the total cash outflows associated with all borrowings, assuming
interest rates remain at the same rates as at the period/year end, are estimated on an undiscounted basis as follows:
Carrying
Contractual
Within 6
6 - 12
over 5
amount
cashflows
months
months
1-2 years
2-5 years
years
RCF
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SFA
93.0
94.9
94.9
-
-
-
-
Loan notes
0.2
0.3
-
-
-
0.3
-
93.2
95.2
94.9
-
-
0.3
-
Leases liabilities
1.0
1.1
0.3
0.2
0.5
0.1
-
Trade payables
0.5
0.5
0.5
-
-
-
-
94.7
96.8
95.7
0.2
0.5
0.4
-
The Group has the following undrawn borrowing facilities:
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Expiring in 1-2 years
70.0
-
Expiring in 2-5 years
-
70.0
70.0
70.0
The above reflects that £5m has been drawn on the RCF by way of bank guarantees to third parties, but such amounts do not constitute
borrowings.
Interest rate risk management
The objective of the Group’s interest rate policy is to minimise interest costs whilst protecting the Group from adverse movements in
interest rates. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk whereas borrowings issued at fixed
rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The Group does not actively manage cash flow interest rate risk as the Board
believes that the retail sector in which the Group operates provides a natural hedge against interest rate movements. Consequently, it is
normal Group policy to borrow on a floating rate basis. Following the disposal of the Group'smotor businesses, the Group is expected to
have little to no drwan debt so interest rate risk management shall niot be a primary cncern going forward. For this reason, presentation if
an iterest rate risk sensitivity analysis is now not relevant.
Foreign exchange risk management
The Group faces currency risk in respect of its net assets denominated in currencies other than sterling. On translation into sterling,
movements in currency will affect the value of these assets. The Group’s policy is therefore to match, where possible, net assets in
overseas subsidiaries which are denominated in a foreign currency with borrowings in the same currency. With very little US assets
remaining at the year end following the disposal all US business interests in prior years, no material hedging requirement remains so the
Group now has no USD borrowings (2022: nil) against its net assets held in overseas subsidiaries.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.2 Financial instruments and derivatives
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
124
Hedges of net investments in overseas operations
A gain or loss in respect of an effective hedge of a net investment in an overseas operation is recognised directly in equity. Any ineffective
portion of the hedge is recognised in the income statement. Included within bank borrowings are balances denominated in US dollars
which are designated as a hedge of the net investment in the Group’s US subsidiaries. Foreign exchange differences on translation of
the borrowings to sterling at the balance sheet date are recognised within the translation differences reserve in equity, net of exchange
differences in respect of the net investments being hedged.
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
$m
$m
Aggregate fair value of borrowings designated as hedge of net investment in the
Group's US subsidiaries
-
-
£m
£m
Foreign exchange gains/(losses) on translation of borrowings to sterling at balance
sheet date
-
-
Foreign exchange (losses)/gains on translation of net investments to sterling at
balance sheet date
(0.1)
0.5
Net exchange gain/(loss) recognised within translation reserve in equity
(0.1)
0.5
Capital management
Following the disposal of the Group's UK Motor and Leasing businesses, the Group views its financial capital resources as primarily
comprising share capital, cash generated through operating cashflow and access to a new RCF, which nonetheless is expectecd to remain
largely undrawn. As the Group's continuing business is Softwars as a Service (SaaS), involving payment of licence fees in advance for
periods of use, the Group is now expected to remain cash positive.
Core debt is essentially funded by the Group’s SFA. The Group requires its revolving credit facility to fund its day-to-day working capital
requirements. A fundamental element of the Group’s financial resources was the provision of vehicle stocking credit lines, provided by the
vehicle manufacturers’ funding arms and other third party providers. The Group’s funding of its vehicle inventories is set out below:
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
New and used vehicles
-
559.7
Consignment vehicles
-
35.3
-
595.0
Amounts included within trade and other payables in respect of these are:
Manufacturer finance arm
-
286.0
Third party stock finance
-
296.7
-
582.7
Inventories are stated net of any Value Added Tax (VAT) whilst the related creditor is a gross amount. The creditor may also be higher than
the inventory value due to timing of the vehicle sale and payment of the related liability.
When considering vehicle stocks from a funding risk view point we split the funding into that which is funded by the vehicle manufacturers
through their related finance arms and that funded through third party stock finance facilities and bank borrowings. Financing for stock
other than through bank borrowings is shown in trade creditors in the balance sheet.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
125
4.3 Net financing costs
Accounting policy
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested, return on net pension scheme assets and gains on hedging instruments
that are recognised in profit and loss. Interest income is recognised as it accrues in profit and loss, using the effective rate method.
Finance expense comprises interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, interest on net pension scheme
obligations and losses on hedging instruments recognised in profit and loss. All borrowing costs are recognised in profit and loss using
the effective interest method.
Gross finance costs directly attributable to the construction of property, plant and equipment are capitalised as part of the cost of those
assets until such a time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.
Finance expense
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
Continuing operations - Recognised in profit and loss
£m
£m
Interest payable on leases
0.1
-
Total finance expense in continuing operations
0.1
-
Discontinued operations - Recognised in profit and loss
Interest payable on bank borrowings, SFA, Senior note and loan notes
15.6
10.8
Vehicle stocking plan interest
30.1
14.7
Interest payable on leases
16.2
14.7
Costs incurred on refinancing
-
2.6
Costs incurred on early redemption of SFA
4.1
-
Net interest on pension scheme obligations
-
0.3
Less: interest capitalised
(0.5)
(0.8)
Total interest expense being interest expense in respect of financial liabilities
held at
amortised cost
65.5
42.3
Unwinding of discounts in contract hire residual values
3.3
2.5
Total finance expense in discontinued operations
68.8
44.8
Total finance expense
68.9
44.8
Included within the finance expense in discontinued operations is interest of £0.5m which has been capitalised during the period
on
assets under construction at an average rate of 9.67% (2022: £0.8m).
Finance income
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
Discontinued operations - Recognised in profit and loss
£m
£m
Net interest on pension scheme obligations
0.2
-
Bank interest receivable
1.9
-
Interest receivable on finance leases
1.0
1.0
Total finance income in discontinued operations
3.1
1.0
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
126
4.4 Capital and reserves
Ordinary share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised as a
deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.
Allotted, called up and fully paid shares of 5p each
Number
£m
At 31 December 2022
1,396,944,405
69.9
Share issues
65,979,118
3.3
At 31 January 2024
1,462,923,523
73.2
During the 13 month period to 31 January 2024, 65,979,118 ordinary shares were issed at par value for proceeds of £3.3m. These shares
were subsequently acquired by the EBT in order to satisfy pending share awards.
On 1 February 2024 a further 279,388,880 were issued to Lithia Motors, Inc. for a consideration of 10.7377 pence per share, totalling
£30.0m pursuant to the business disposal agreement.
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at
meetings of the Group. All shares rank equally with regard to the Group's residual assets.
Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve has arisen following the purchase by the Group of its own shares and comprises the amount by which
distributable profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with s733 of the Companies Act 2006. There were no transfers
into the capital redemption reserve during the period in respect of shares purchased by the Group and subsequently cancelled (2022: £nil).
Other reserves
Other reserves included the amount of demerger reserve arising on the demerger of the Group from Williams Holdings PLC in 1989. During
the period the Company restructured it's investments resulting in a reclassification of £12.6m in respect of the merger reserve to profit and
loss.
Own shares held by Employee Benefit Trust (EBT)
Transactions of the Group-sponsored EBT are included in the Group financial statements. In particular, the trust’s purchases of shares
in the Group, which are classified as own shares, are debited directly to equity through retained earnings. When own shares are sold or
reissued the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is also recognised within retained earnings.
The market value of the investment in the Group's own shares at 31 January 2024 was £4.5m (31 December 2022: £0.3m), being 12.4m
(2022: 1.5m) shares with a nominal value of 5p each, acquired at an average cost of £0.05 each (2022: £0.33). The trustee of the EBT is
Accuro Trustees (Jersey) Limited. Shares in trust have been
awarded to Executive Directors and employees under the Pendragon 1999
Approved Executive Share Option Scheme, Pendragon 1999 Unapproved Executive Share Option Scheme and to satisfy amounts under
LTIPs. Details of the plans are given in the Directors' Remuneration Report on pages 51 to 61.
Dividends on the shares owned by the trust, the purchase of which were funded by interest free loans to the trust from Pinewood
Technologies Group Plc, are waived. All expenses incurred by the trust are settled directly by Pinewood Technologies Group Plc and
charged in the accounts as incurred.
The trust is regarded as a quasi subsidiary and its assets and results are consolidated into the financial statements of the Group.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.4 Capital and reserves
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
127
Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations
as well as from the translation of liabilities held to hedge the respective net investment in foreign operations.
4.5 Dividends
An dividend for of 24.5p per ordinary share amounting to a total of £358.4m is proposed to be paid on 7 May 2024 (2022: nil) as previously
communicated to shareholders in the circular to shareholders dated October 2023 in respect of the sale of part of the business to Litha
Motors Inc.
Lithia UK Holding Limited, who hold 279,388,880 ordinary shares waived their right to a dividend as per the terms of the
business sale outlined in the afore mentioned circular. Interim accounts for the 14 month period to 29 February 2024 have been deposited
at Companies House as the relevant accounts for the purpose of this distribution.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
128
4.6 Share based compensation
Accounting policy
The Group operates a number of employee share option schemes and an executive share ownership plan 'exsop' awarded in 2010. The
fair value at the date at which the share options are granted is recognised in the income statement on a straight line basis over the vesting
period, taking into account the number of options that are expected to vest. The fair value of the options granted is measured using an
option pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The number of options that are
expected to become exercisable is reviewed at each balance sheet date and if necessary estimates are revised.
Executive share options
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options is as follows:
Weighted
Number
Weighted
Number
average
of
average
of
exercise
options
exercise
options
price
millions
price
millions
2024
2024
2022
2022
Outstanding at beginning of period
31.8p
2.8
24.0p
3.8
Exercised during the period
31.8p
(1.4)
13.5p
(0.5)
Lapsed during the period
31.8p
(1.4)
13.5p
(0.5)
Outstanding at the end of the period
0.0p
-
31.8p
2.8
Exercisable at the end of the period
0.0p
-
31.8p
2.8
Movements in the number of options to acquire ordinary shares under the Group's various share option schemes, together with exercise
prices and the outstanding position at 31 January 2024 were as follows:
At 31
At 31
Exercise
December
January
price per
2022
Exercised
Lapsed
2024
Exercise period
Date of grant
share
Number
Number
Number
Number
19 September 2017 to 19 September 2024
18 September 2014
31.82p
2,829,500
(1,450,000)
(1,379,500)
-
2,829,500
(1,450,000)
(1,379,500)
-
All grants of share options were issued pursuant to the 2009 Executive Share Option Scheme, which prescribed an earnings per share
performance criterion. It is a precondition to the exercise of grants made under the 2009 Scheme that the growth in the Group's earnings
per share over the prescribed three year period must exceed by at least 3 percent per annum compound the annual rate of inflation as
shown by the RPI Index.
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised in the period/year was 36.35p (2022: 27.50p).
All options are settled by physical delivery of shares.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.6 Share based compensation
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
129
The fair value of the services received in return for share options is measured by reference to the fair value of the options granted. The
estimate of the fair value of the services received in respect of share option schemes was measured using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model. The weighted average fair value of the options at the date of grant for those that are outstanding at 31 January 2024 is nil
(2022: 7.7p) as there are no options outstanding at the period end.
As part of the disposal transaction of the motor vehicle retail and leasing businesses to Lithia UK Holding Limited on 31 January 2024,
Lithia UK Holding Limited agreed to directly purchase from employees a total of 1,450,000 shares which had vested pursuant to the
Company’s Share Option Plan.
Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIPs”)
The number and weighted average exercise prices of executive LTIPs is as follows:
Weighted
Number
Weighted
Number
average
of
average
of
exercise
options
exercise
options
price
millions
price
millions
2024
2024
2022
2022
Outstanding at the start of the period
0.00p
63.7
0.00p
44.1
Granted during the period
0.00p
15.8
0.00p
19.6
Lapsed during the period
0.00p
(13.5)
0.00p
-
Exercised during the period
0.00p
(66.0)
0.00p
-
Outstanding at the end of the period
-
-
0.00p
63.7
Movements in the number of options to acquire ordinary shares under the Group's LTIP, together with the outstanding position at 31
January 2024 were as follows:
At 31
At 31
December
January
2022
Granted
Lapsed
Exercised
2024
Exercise period
Date of grant
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
27 October 2023
28 October 2020
27,648,123
- (2,968,844.0)
(24,679,279)
-
12 July 2024
13 July 2021
16,506,004
-
(1,895,156.0)
(14,610,848)
-
13 August 2025
14 August 2022
19,562,808
-
(8,620,367.0)
(10,942,441)
-
11 July 2026
10 July 2023
-
15,792,361
-
(15,792,361)
-
63,716,935
15,792,361
(13,484,367)
(66,024,929)
-
As part of the disposal transaction of the motor vehicle retail and leasing businesses to Lithia UK Holding Limited on 31 January 2024,
Lithia UK Holding Limited agreed to directly purchase from employees a total of 65,118,689 shares which had vested pursuant to the
Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan.
During the year, the Company modified the existing conditions attached to LTIPs as part of disposal transaction. These modifications
represented changes in non-market based terms, and therefore there was no impact on the fair value of the options. An incremental
charge of £2.9m (2022: £nil) was incurred by these modifications which included the acceleration of vesting.
The weighted average fair value of the LTIPs exercised during the period is 34.69p (2022: n/a)
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.6 Share based compensation
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
130
Consistent with the advice received from the Company’s corporate lawyers, the sale of the UK Motor and Leasing divisions was treated
as a demerger for the purposes of the LTIP rules, meaning that outstanding LTIP awards vested at completion, subject to the Committee’s
assessment of performance and the length of time the relevant awards had been held.
While the Committee did consider whether it would be appropriate to continue to vest the awards at the respective normal vesting dates,
this was not considered practicable given the significant number of senior employees transferring outside of the group (which triggered
automatic vesting), and the fact that the original Pendragon performance targets would no longer be relevant to Pinewood going forward.
As such, the Committee determined that all LTIP award holders should be treated equally and the schemes would therefore vest on the
same terms.
As a result, and as previously disclosed, the 2020 LTIPs vested on the normal 31 October 2023 vesting date at 91.6% of the maximum and,
given that the performance period had been completed, the 2021 LTIPs vested at 91.6% at completion. In respect of the 2022 and 2023
LTIPs, the Committee assessed the relevant performance targets and the length of time the relevant awards had been held and determined
that 66.6% of maximum awards (i.e. on-target performance) should vest at completion.
The fair value at the date at which the share options are granted is recognised in the income statement on a straight line basis over the
vesting period, taking into account the number of options that are expected to vest. The number of options that are expected to become
exercisable is reviewed at each balance sheet date and if necessary estimates are revised. The fair value of the services received in return
for the LTIPs is measured by reference to the fair value of the LTIPs granted. For the options granted in the current year, as these are vested
within 12 months, there are no market based performance conditions attched and management doesn’t expect to pay any dividends to the
shareholders for current year, the average market price is used to calculate the share based payment charge instead of using an option
pricing model.
Executive LTIP Scheme
Year ended
31 December 2022
Number of share options granted in period
19,562,808
Weighted average share price (pence)
24.10
Weighted average exercise price (pence)
0.00
Weighted average fair value (pence)
23.72
Expected volatility (%)
53.5%
Expected life (years)
3.0
Risk free rate (%)
3.8%
Expected dividend yield (%)
0.0%
Expected volatility in the table above in respect of the 2022
award was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group's
share price over the corresponding historical period.
The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management's best
estimate, for the effects of exercise restrictions and associate turnover.
Income statement
The Group recognised a total net expense, including the charge recognised for the accelerated vesting, of £5.9m (2022: £3.3m) as an
employee benefit cost in respect of all equity-settled share based payment transactions included within administration costs.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
131
4.7 Leases
Accounting policies
Leases as a Lessee
At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract
conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract
conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group uses the definition of a lease in IFRS 16. This policy is applied to
contracts entered into, on or after 1 January 2019.
The Group recognises a right of use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right of use asset is initially measured
at cost, and subsequently at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the
lease liability. Cost comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any initial direct costs incurred less any lease incentives
received. Depreciation is recognised on a straight line basis over the period of the lease the right of use asset is expected to be utilised.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted by
the interest rate implicit in the lease or when this is not readily attainable, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments include
fixed rental payments and amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee. Generally the Group uses its incremental
borrowing rate as the discount rate. The Group determines its incremental borrowing rate by obtaining interest rates from various external
financing sources and makes certain adjustments to reflect the terms of the lease and type of the asset leased.
The lease liability is subsequently increased by the interest cost on the lease liability and reduced by payments made. It is remeasured when
there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change of index or rate, a variation in amounts payable following contractual rent
reviews and changes in the assessment of whether an extension/termination option is reasonably certain to be exercised. When the lease
liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in
profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.
Sale and leaseback transactions. When a transfer of an asset is made and it is deemed a sale in accordance with IFRS 15, the resulting
right-of-use asset arising from the leaseback is measured at the proportion of the previous carrying amount of the asset that relates
to the right of use retained by the seller/lessee. Gain or loss is recognised only at the amount that relates to the rights transferred to
the buyer/lessor.
The Group presents right-of-use assets that do not meet the definition of investment property in ‘property, plant and equipment’ and lease
liabilities in ‘loans and borrowings’ in the Balance Sheet.
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets and short-term leases. The
Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.7 Leases
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
132
Balance Sheet
Prior to the sale of the business to Lithia UK Holding Limited the Group leased a large number of properties for use as motor vehicle
dealerships, parts distribution warehouses, storage compounds and offices.
At 31 January 2024, following the disposal to Lithia, the
Group retained a single property lease with 2.5 years to expiry.
This lease does not contain an extension clause.
The lease has a break
clause allowing the Group to terminate the agreement earlier than the lease expiry date.
The Group has applied judgement in that unless
it is reasonably certain that such a break option will be exercised, the calculation of the lease liability and right of use asset is made up to
the expiry date of the lease.
Right of use assets are presented as part of property, plant and equipment as presented in note 3.2.
Right of Use Assets
Land &
Motor
buildings
vehicles
Total
£m
£m
£m
Balance at 1 January 2022
126.4
0.1
126.5
Additions to right of use assets
22.5
-
22.5
Depreciation charge
(15.1)
(0.1)
(15.2)
Impairment
(0.2)
-
(0.2)
Disposals of right of use assets
(3.1)
-
(3.1)
Balance at 31 December 2022
130.5
-
130.5
Balance at 1 January 2023
130.5
-
130.5
Additions to right of use assets
5.7
-
5.7
Depreciation charge
(12.3)
-
(12.3)
Impairment
-
-
-
Disposals of right of use assets
(1.1)
-
(1.1)
Classified as non-current assets
held for sale
(122.0)
(122.0)
Balance at 31 January 2024
0.8
-
0.8
Disposals of right of use assets have occurred on assignment of leases, derecognition on entering into sub leases and early terminations.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.7 Leases
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
133
Lease liabilities
Land &
Motor
buildings
vehicles
Total
£m
£m
£m
Balance at 1 January 2022
(222.0)
(0.1)
(222.1)
Additions to right of use assets
(34.9)
-
(34.9)
Additions to lease receivables
(0.4)
-
(0.4)
Interest expense related to lease liabilities
(14.7)
-
(14.7)
Disposals of lease liabilities
17.6
-
17.6
Repayment of lease liabilities (including interest element)
36.8
0.1
36.9
Exchange adjustments
(0.1)
-
(0.1)
Other movements
(0.2)
-
(0.2)
Balance at 31 December 2022
(217.9)
-
(217.9)
Non-current
(197.9)
-
(197.9)
Current
(20.0)
-
(20.0)
Balance at 31 December 2022
(217.9)
-
(217.9)
Balance at 1 January 2023
(217.9)
-
(217.9)
Additions to right of use assets
(5.3)
-
(5.3)
Additions to lease receivables
-
-
-
Interest expense related to lease liabilities
(12.2)
-
(12.2)
Repayment of lease liabilities (including interest element)
26.3
-
26.3
Other movements
-
-
-
Transfer of liability to Liabilities held for sale as part of a disposal group
208.1
-
208.1
Balance at 31 January 2024
(1.0)
-
(1.0)
Non-current
(0.6)
-
(0.6)
Current
(0.4)
-
(0.4)
Balance at 31 January 2024
(1.0)
-
(1.0)
The calculation of the lease liability and the right of use asset relies upon the estimation of a suitable interest rate.
The Group has applied rates
to represent the different types of leases it has by applying its incremental borrowing rate for shorter term leases and a higher rates based
upon market rates for borrowing against equivalent assets with similar risk profiles in specific markets for medium to longer term leases.
Other future possible cash outflows not included in the lease liability include the payment of dilapidations in respect of properties where
the lease contains specific condition of return clauses. Whilst the Group endeavours to maintain its properties to a high standard it is likely
that such payments will be made in the future when lease contracts end.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.7 Leases
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
134
Amounts recognised in profit or loss
2024
2022
£m
£m
Depreciation of right of use assets
12.3
15.2
Impairment of right of use assets
-
0.2
(Losses)/gains on the dispoal, termination and assignment of leases (non-underlying)
(included
in Other income - gains on the sale of businesses and property, plant and equipment)
(0.1)
0.6
Interest on lease liabilities
16.2
14.7
Expense relating to variable lease payments not included in lease liabilities
0.2
0.1
Expenses relating to low value leases
0.8
0.7
Expenses relating to short term leases
3.0
6.5
Of the £16.2m lease liability interest charge, £4.0m was the charge after classification as assets held for sale.
Expenses relating to variable lease payments not included in lease liabilities relate to the payment of dilapidation claims made on
properties.
The Group as lessor
Leases as a Lessor
When the Group acts as a lessor, it determines at lease inception whether each lease is a finance lease or an operating lease.
To classify each lease, the Group makes an overall assessment of whether the lease transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards
incidental to ownership of the underlying asset. If this is the case, then the lease is a finance lease; if not, then it is an operating lease. As
part of this assessment, the Group considers certain indicators such as whether the lease is for the major part of the economic life of the
asset.
When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for its interests in the head lease and the sub-lease separately. It assesses the lease
classification of a sub-lease with reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease, not with reference to the underlying asset.
Where the Group acts as a Lessor of an operating lease, receipts of lease payments are recognised in the income statement on a straight
line basis over the period of the lease. Where the Group acts as a Lessor of a finance lease the Group will, rather than recognise a right of
use asset, recognise a finance lease receivable, this being the present value of future lease receipts discounted at the interest rate implicit
in the lease or if this is not specified the Group's incremental borrowing rate. The finance lease receivable will be increased by the interest
received and reduced by payments made by the lessee.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.7 Leases
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
135
Balance Sheet
Lease receivables
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
Land and buildings
2024
2022
£m
£m
Balance at 1 January 2023 / 2022
17.2
17.6
Additions to lease receivables
1.3
2.6
Interest income related to lease receivables
1.0
1.0
Disposals of lease liabilities
-
(1.0)
Payment of lease receivables (including interest element)
(3.4)
(3.0)
Disposals on sale of business (see note 6.1)
(16.1)
-
Balance at 31 January 2024 / 31 December 2022
-
17.2
Non-current
-
14.8
Current
-
2.4
-
17.2
The following table sets out a maturity analysis of lease payments receivable, showing the undiscounted lease payments to be received
after the reporting date:
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Less than one year
-
3.3
Between one and two years
-
3.1
Between two and three years
-
2.5
Between three and four years
-
2.3
Between four and five years
-
2.3
More than five years
-
8.0
Total undiscounted lease receivable
-
21.5
Unearned finance income
-
(4.3)
-
17.2
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 4 - FINANCING ACTIVITIES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
4.7 Leases
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
136
At the 31 January 2024 (31 December 2022) balance sheet date, the Group had contracted with tenants for the following future minimum
lease payments on leases classified as operating leases.
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
Property
Property
£m
£m
Less than one year
-
2.4
Between one and two years
-
2.3
Between two and three years
-
2.2
Between three and four years
-
1.8
Between four and five years
-
1.1
More than five years
-
2.8
-
12.6
The Group has no properties that are treated as investment properties.
Amounts recognised in profit or loss
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Operating lease rentals received
3.4
2.9
Interest received on finance lease receivables
1.0
1.0
4.4
3.9
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
137
SECTION 5 - PENSION SCHEMES
This section explains the pension scheme obligations of the Group.
5.1 Pension obligations
Accounting policy
The Group operated a number of defined benefit and defined contribution plans during the period. At the balance sheet date, the Group
had disposed of its defined benefit plan, and its obligations under any defined contribution arrangements in respect of the majority of its
employess were similarly disposed of with the departure of those Group employees on the sale of the Group's interests in the motor and
leasing dvisions. The commentary immediately following therefore pertains to arrangements that existed during the period up until the
disposal.The assets of the defined benefit plan and one defined contribution plan are held in independent trustee administered funds. The
Group also operates a Group Personal Pension Plan which is a defined contribution plan where the assets are held by the insurance Group
under a contract with each individual.
Defined contribution plans - A defined contribution plan is one under which the Group pays fixed contributions and has no legal or
constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Therefore, no assets or liabilities of these plans are recorded in these financial statements.
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an employee benefit expense in the income statement
when they are due.
Defined benefit plans - Pension accounting costs for defined benefit plans are assessed by determining the pension obligation using the
projected unit credit method after including a net return on the plan assets. Under this method, in accordance with the advice of qualified
actuaries, the amounts charged in respect of employee benefits reflect the cost of benefits accruing in the period and the cost of financing
historical accrued benefits. The Group recognises all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans in the statement of
other comprehensive income immediately.
The present value of pension obligations is measured by reference to market yields on high quality corporate bonds which have terms to
maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension liability. Plan assets are measured at fair value. When the calculation results
in a benefit to the Group, the recognised asset is limited to the total of the present value of economic benefits available in the form of any
future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. An economic benefit is available to the Group if it is realisable
during the life of the plan, or on settlement of the plan liabilities.
Under IAS 19 Employee Benefits, the Group recognises an interest expense or income which is calculated on the net defined benefit
liability or asset respectively by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset.
Remeasurements arising from defined benefit plans comprise actuarial gains and losses and the return on plan assets (excluding interest)
are immediately recognised directly in the statement of other comprehensive income. Actuarial gains and losses are the differences
between actual and interest income during the period, experience losses on scheme liabilities and the impact of any changes in
assumptions. Details of the last independent statutory actuarial valuation and assumptions are set out below.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 5 - PENSION SCHEMES
5.1 Pension obligations
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
138
Pension arrangements
The Group operated six defined benefit pension schemes (one of which had a defined contribution section) which closed to new members
and accrual of future benefits on 30 September 2006 and a defined contribution scheme which was closed to new contributions from April
2006. All affected employees were offered membership of a defined contribution pension arrangement with Friends Provident. A Group
Personal Pension arrangement with Legal & General replaced the Friends Provident arrangement from 1 January 2010. Total contributions
paid by the Group in the period to the Legal & General arrangement were £2.6m (2022: £4.7m). To comply with the Government’s automatic
enrolment legislation, the Group chose to participate in the People’s Pension Scheme in April 2013. This is a defined contribution
occupational pension scheme provided by B&CE. Total contributions paid by the Group to the People’s Pension in the period were £3.6m
(2022: £6.0m). The combined contributions to the Group's Personal Pension arrangement and the Peoples Pension scheme therefore
totalled £6.2m in the period (2022: £10.7m).
During 2012 the Trustees merged the six defined benefit schemes into one new defined benefit scheme, ‘the Pendragon Group Pension
Scheme’, which remains closed to new members and accrual of future benefits. The assets of the six schemes have all been transferred
into the new scheme and the benefits previously accrued in the six schemes were transferred without amendment of the benefit entitlement
of members to the new scheme.
The scheme is subject to the funding legislation outlined in the Pensions Act 2004 which came into force on 30 December 2005. This,
together with documents issued by the Pensions Regulator, and Guidance Notes adopted by the Financial Reporting Council, set out the
framework for funding defined benefit occupational pension schemes in the UK.
The Board of the Trustees of the pension scheme is currently composed of a single professional independent trustee. The Trustee of the
scheme is required to act in the best interest of the scheme’s beneficiaries. The appointment of the Trustee is determined by the scheme’s
trust documentation.
Funding
The Pendragon Group Pension Scheme is fully funded by the Group’s subsidiaries. The funding requirements are based on the Scheme’s
actuarial measurement framework set out in the funding policies of the Scheme. Employees are not required to contribute to the plans.
Central Asset Reserve
Pinewood Technologies Group Plc was a general partner and the Pendragon Group Pension Scheme is a limited partner of the Pendragon
Scottish Limited Partnership (the Partnership). The Partnership holds properties with a book value of £45.1m (with a most recent market
valuation of £47.1m), which have been leased back to the Group at market rates. The Group, until disposal to Lithia UK Holding Limited,
retained control over these properties, including the flexibility to substitute alternative properties. As such, the Partnership is consolidated
into the results of the Group. During the period the Group has paid £4.0m to the Pendragon Group Pension Scheme through the Partnership
(2022: £3.2m).
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 5 - PENSION SCHEMES
5.1 Pension obligations
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
139
IAS 19 assumptions
The
IAS assumptions have been applied to calculate the surplus in the Scheme that was disposed of to Pendragon Newco2 Limited, a
subsidiary of Lithia UK Holding Limited on 31 January 2024.
The principal assumptions used by the independent qualified actuaries for the purposes of IAS 19 for all schemes were:
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
Inflation - RPI
3.10%
3.25%
Inflation - CPI
2.75%
2.85%
Discount rate
4.85%
5.00%
109% of the standard tables S3PMA/
111% of the standard tables S3PMA/
Mortality table assumption *
S3PFA_M, Year of birth, no age rating
S3PFA_M, Year of birth, no age rating
projected using CMI_2022 (1.25%)
projected using CMI_2021 (1.25%)
*The mortality table assumption implies the following expected future lifetime from age 65:
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
Males aged 45
22.1
22.7
Females aged 45
24.2
24.7
Males aged 65
20.8
21.4
Females aged 65
22.8
23.2
The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure scheme liabilities are set out below. The Group regards these
sensitivities as reasonably likely to occur.
Assumption
Change in assumption
Impact on scheme liabilities
Discount rate
Increase/decrease by 0.50%
Decrease of 5.7%/increase of 6.3%
Rate of inflation
Increase/decrease by 0.25%
Increase of 1.5%/decrease of 1.5%
Mortality
Increase in life expectancy of 1 year
Increase by 2.9%
The sensitivities shown above are approximate. The discount rate sensitivity has been set at 1.00% for 2022 to reflect current market
uncertainty.. Each sensitivity considers one change in isolation. The inflation sensitivity includes the impact of changes to the assumptions
for revaluation and pension increases. The average duration of the defined benefit obligation at the period ending 31 January 2024 is 12
years (2022: 14 years).
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 5 - PENSION SCHEMES
5.1 Pension obligations
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
140
The fair value of the scheme’s assets, which are not intended to be realised in the short term and may be subject to significant change
before they are realised, and the value of the schemes liabilities, which is derived from cash flow projections over long periods and thus
inherently uncertain, are:
Scheme assets and liabilities
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Global equities
16.5
31.0
Credit funds
116.4
134.9
Private markets
48.1
69.0
Liability driven investments
84.1
86.3
Diversified growth fund
22.4
20.7
Cash
79.7
24.4
Fair value of scheme assets
367.2
366.3
Present value of funded defined benefit obligations
(366.7)
(368.9)
0.5
(2.6)
Scheme assets and liabilities disposed as part of business disposal
(see note 6.2)
(0.5)
0
Net liability on the balance sheet
-
(2.6)
In addition to the assets and liabilities set out above there are a small number of insurance policies (with a value of £5.2m at the last
triennial valuation date of 31 December 2021) purchased to pay annuities to 70 pensioners. These policies represent both an asset and
liability of the scheme and therefore have no impact on the net deficit position. These arrangemnts were also disposed of as at the balance
sheet date.
None of the fair values of the assets shown above include any of the Group’s own financial instruments or any property occupied by, or
other assets used by, the Group.
The Group has reviewed implications of the guidance provided by IFRIC 14 and have concluded that it is not necessary to make any
adjustments to the IAS 19 figures in respect of an asset ceiling or Minimum Funding Requirement that would affect the value disposed of
during the period or as at 31 January 2024.
The Trust Deed provides the Scheme employer with an unconditional right to a refund of surplus assets assuming the full settlement of
plan liabilities in the event of a plan wind-up. Based on this right, any net surplus in the UK scheme is recognised in full.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 5 - PENSION SCHEMES
5.1 Pension obligations
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
141
Movements in the net liability for defined benefit obligations recognised in the balance sheet
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Net liability for defined benefit obligations at 1 January 2023/1 January 2022
(2.6)
(23.6)
Contributions received
14.2
13.1
Expense recognised in the income statement
0.2
(0.3)
Actuarial gains and losses recognised in the statement of other
comprehensive income
(11.3)
8.2
Pension balance disposed as part of buiness sale on 31 January 2024
(see note 6.2)
(0.5)
-
Net liability for defined benefit obligations at 31 January 2024 / 31 December 2022
-
(2.6)
Total in the income statement
2024
2022
£m
£m
Net interest on obligation
(0.2)
0.3
The expense is recognised in the following line items in the income statement:
2024
2022
£m
£m
Finance costs
(0.2)
0.3
The expected discount rate as at 31 January 2024 was 4.85%. This compares to the discount rate of 5.00% used in the calculation of the
interest income for the period ending 31 December 2022.
Past service costs
The High Court ruling in the Lloyds Banking Group Pension Trustees Limited v Lloyds Bank plc and others published in October 2018 held
that UK pension schemes with Guaranteed Minimum Pensions (GMPs) accrued from 17 May 1990 must equalise for the different effects
of these GMPs between men and women. Allowance was made in the benefit obligations at 31 December 2018 for the estimated impact,
with a cost recorded as a benefit change in the Income Statement. The Trustees and Company have yet to implement GMP equalisation
and there is no new evidence. Therefore, the previous GMP equalisation allowance has been retained but adjusted for the passage of time
and to reflect the estimated impact of changes in market conditions.
A further High Court ruling on 20 November 2020 in the Lloyds Bank Trustees' case extends the scope of the GMP equalisation to
include previous transfer values paid from the scheme since 1990. An allowance for the estimated impact of this was included in the
benefit obligations at 31 December 2020 of £3.3m and similarly recorded as a past service cost in the Income Statement in 2020. This
approximate allowance for GMP equalisation in historic transfers out of the Plan has been retained but adjusted for the passage of time
and to reflect the estimated impact of changes in market conditions.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 5 - PENSION SCHEMES
5.1 Pension obligations
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
142
Actuarial gains and losses recognised directly in the statement of other comprehensive income
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Cumulative amount at 1 January 2023 /1 January 2022
(29.2)
(37.4)
Recognised during the period
(11.3)
8.2
Balance on disposal of business on 31 January 2024
40.5
-
Cumulative amount at 31 January 2024 / 31 December 2022
-
(29.2)
Defined benefit income recognised in statement of other comprehensive income
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Return on plan assets, excluding interest income
(12.5)
(184.1)
Experience gain on scheme liabilities
(1.1)
(25.6)
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of scheme obligations
2.3
217.9
(11.3)
8.2
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Opening present value of defined benefit obligation
368.9
569.2
Interest cost
19.5
10.1
Remeasurements:
Experience adjustments
1.1
25.6
Actuarial gains due to changes in demographic assumptions
(7.5)
(1.3)
Actuarial losses/(gains) to changes in financial assumptions
5.2
(216.6)
Benefits paid
(20.5)
(18.1)
Defined benefit obligation disposed as part of business disposal (see note 6.1)
(366.7)
-
Closing present value of defined benefit obligation
-
368.9
Movement in fair value of scheme assets during the period
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Opening fair value of assets
366.3
545.6
Interest income
19.7
9.8
Return on plan assets, excluding interest income
(12.5)
(184.1)
Contributions by employer
14.2
13.1
Benefits paid
(20.5)
(18.1)
Scheme assets disposed as part of business disposal
(see note 6.1)
(367.2)
-
End of period
-
366.3
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
143
SECTION 6 - OTHER NOTES
This section contains the notes and information relating to acquisitions and disposals and related party transactions:
6.1
Business disposals
6.2
Related party transactions
6.3
Contingent liability
6.4
Post balance sheet events
6.1 Business disposals
Accounting policy
The results of businesses disposed of during the year are included up to the effective date of disposal using the acquisition method of
accounting.
Activity
On 31 January 2024 the Group disposed of its entire motor retail and leasing business, together with related central support functions, to
Lithia UK Holding Limited for a consideration of £377.5m, resulting in a profit on disposal of £40.7m. Consideration was received in cash
on 1 February 2024.
Net assets at the date of disposal:
Total net
book value
£m
Assets held for sale
305.4
Bank balances and cash in hand
15.3
320.7
Profit on sale of businesses
40.7
Total proceeds
361.4
Proceeds on sale comprise
Proceeds on sale satisfied by cash and cash equivalents - received 1 February 2024
377.5
Transaction fees
(16.1)
361.4
On 2 October 2023, the Boards of Directors of Pendragon and of Lithia Motors, Inc. announced
that they had agreed the terms of a
proposed sale by Pendragon Group Holdings Limited of the entire issued share capital of Pendragon NewCo 2 Limited which will hold,
either directly or indirectly through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Company's entire UK motor business and leasing business, to Lithia
UK Holding Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lithia Motors, Inc. for a gross aggregate consideration of £397m, subject to certain
financial adjustments including settlement the Group's net debt (borrowings less cash in hand and at bank), settlemnt of any intercompany
balances and provision for a working capital facility for the remaining group, as of 31 January 2024 and a subscription for new ordinary
shares in Pinewood Technologies Group Plc totalling £30.0m.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 5 - PENSION SCHEMES
6.1 Business disposals
continued
Consideration analysis
Total net
book value
£m
Total consideration
397.0
Share subscription in Pinewood Technologies Group Plc by Lithia UK Holding Limited
(30.0)
Base consideration
367.0
Adjustment for settlement of net debt
37.8
Settlement of inter group balance
(28.0)
Working capital adjustment
0.7
Proceeds recognised on sale
377.5
During the earlier part of the 13m period ending 31 January 2024 the Group disposed of a single motor vehicle dealership business for net
proceeds of £1.3m which resulted in a loss on disposal of £0.1m.
Net assets at the date of disposal:
Total net
book value
£m
Property, plant and equipment
0.1
Inventories
1.5
Trade and other payables
(0.2)
1.4
Loss on sale of businesses
(0.1)
Proceeds on sale satisfied by cash and cash equivalents net of costs
1.3
During the previous year the Group disposed of its DAF businesss of £3.2m and realising a profit of £0.3m on disposal and received a
futher £0.7m in the form of deferred considerationr relating to the sale of the US businesses in 2021.
Cash flow statement information
Total net
book value
£m
Proceeds from sale of to Lithia UK Holding Limited
377.5
Less proceeds unpaid as at 31 January 2024
(377.5)
Transaction fee expense incurred in Lithia sale
(16.1)
Less fees remaining unpaid at 31 January 2024
9.5
Fees paid in advance of completion on business disposal to Lithia
(6.6)
Proceeds from sale of other business
1.3
Cash flows from investing activities in respect of proceeds from sale of businesses net of fees paid
(5.3)
Cash disposed as part of any business disposal during the period/year.
15.3
6.2 Related party transactions
Subsidiaries
The Group's ultimate parent company is Pinewood Technologies Group Plc. A listing of subsidiaries is shown within the financial
statements of the Group on page 154.
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
144
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SECTION 6 - OTHER NOTES
6.2 Related party transactions
continued
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
145
Transactions with key management personnel
The key management personnel of the Group comprise the executive and non-executive directors. The details of the remuneration,
long term incentive plans, shareholdings, share option and pension entitlements of individual directors are included in the Directors'
Remuneration Report on pages 51 to 61.
Directors of the Group and their immediate relatives control 1.17% of the ordinary shares of the Group.
During the period/year key management personnel compensation was as follows:
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Short term employee benefits
3.1
3.0
Post-employment benefits
0.1
0.1
Share based payments (including the charge recognised for the accelerated vesting
in the period ending 31 January 2024)
2.3
1.9
5.5
5.0
6.3 Contingent liabilities
One of the Group’s subsidiary companies, Pinewood Technologies PLC (“Pinewood”), is currently in dispute with one of its former software
resellers, Pinewood Technologies Asia Pacific Limited (“PAP”).
PAP owes Pinewood over £0.5m (plus daily interest), which relates to unpaid invoices arising from the reseller agreements. Subsequent
to the non-payment of this debt, PAP has claimed that Pinewood is in breach of the reseller agreements, and has made a claim against
Pinewood.
Pinewood considers PAP's claim to be entirely misconceived and lacking merit and no provision has been made for it on that basis.
There have been a number of letters of claim, and complaints escalated to the Financial Ombudsman Service (FOS) relating to discretionary
finance commission structures. It is the view of the directors that the Company fully complied with the FCA regulations applicable at the
relevant time, and any liabilities relating to potential claims on this issue are capped at £1 due to an indemnity policy that is in place, as a
result of the disposal agreement.
6.4 Post balance sheet events
The sale of the Motor and Leasing business to Lithia UK Holding Limited was concluded on 31 January 2024.
The consideration for the
sale of £377.5m was received on 1 February 2024. At the same time the Senior Term Finance Agreement, with an outstanding principal
balance of £93m was repaid and the existing Revolving Credit Facility of £75m was cancelled. A new £10m RCF was agreed on 14
February 2024 expiring February 2027.
On 1 February 2024 a further 279,388,880 were issued to Lithia Motors, Inc. for a consideration of
10.7377 pence per share, totalling £30.0m pursuant to the business disposal agreement.
Also on 1 February 2024 the Group, through its
Pendragon North America Automotive, Inc. subsidiary, made a £10m investment into a joint venture agreement with PNA Holding LLC (a
subsidiary of Lithia Motors Inc.) in Pinewood North America LLC.
On 5 April 2024, the Company announced that it would undertake a capital reorganisation whereby 1 new Ordinary Share of 100 pence
each will be issued for every 20 existing Ordinary Shares of 5 pence each. This is an adjusting post balance sheet event and therefore the
earnings per share calculations for the current period and prior period financial statements have been presented reflecting the revised
number of shares post the capital reorganisation.
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
146
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
Company Balance Sheet
¦
At 31 January 2024
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
Notes
£m
£m
Fixed assets
Investments
4
547.1
981.2
Loans to subsidiary undertakings
-
90.0
547.1
1,071.2
Current assets
Debtors
5
43.4
22.8
Deferred tax assets (all due in over 1 year)
2.6
1.9
Cash at bank and in hand
34.5
0.5
80.5
25.2
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
6
(125.2)
(491.4)
Net current liabilities
(44.7)
(466.2)
Total assets less current liabilities
502.4
605.0
Creditors:
amounts falling due after more than one year
7
(0.2)
(90.8)
Retirement benefit obligations
-
(2.6)
Net assets
502.2
511.6
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
10
73.2
69.9
Share premium account
56.8
56.8
Capital redemption reserve
10
5.6
5.6
Other reserves
10
-
13.9
Profit and loss account
366.6
365.4
Equity shareholders' funds
502.2
511.6
The loss after taxation attributable to the Company dealt with in its own accounts for the 13m period ended 31 January 2024 is £8.6m (2022: loss
£15.0m).
Approved by the Board of Directors on 25 April 2024 and signed on its behalf by:
W Berman
O Mann
Chief Executive
Chief Finance Officer
Registered Company Number: 2304195
The notes on pages 149 to 157 form part of these financial statements.
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
147
COMPANY STATEMENT OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Company statement of comprehensive income
¦
13 month period ended 31 January 2024
13m period ended
Year ended
31 January
31 December
2024
2022
£m
£m
Loss for the period/year
(8.6)
(15.0)
Items that will never be reclassified to profit and loss:
Defined benefit plan remeasurement (losses) and gains
(9.9)
9.7
Income tax relating to defined benefit plan remeasurement (losses) and gains
2.3
(1.6)
Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the period/year, net of tax
(7.6)
8.1
Total comprehensive (expense) for the period/year
(16.2)
(6.9)
The notes on pages 149 to 157 form part of these financial statements.
.
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
148
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Statement of changes in equity
¦
13 month period ended 31 January 2024
Share
Capital
Share
premium
redemption
Other
Retained
capital
account
reserve
reserves
earnings
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Balance at 1 January 2023
69.9
56.8
5.6
13.9
365.4
511.6
Total comprehensive income for the period
Loss for the period
-
-
-
-
(8.6)
(8.6)
Other comprehensive expense for the period, net of tax
-
-
-
-
(7.6)
(7.6)
Total comprehensive expense for the period
-
-
-
-
(16.2)
(16.2)
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Issue of ordinary shares
3.3
-
-
-
(3.3)
-
Share based payments
-
-
-
-
5.9
5.9
Income tax relating to share based payments
-
-
-
-
(0.1)
(0.1)
Reserve realised due to re-organisation
-
-
-
(13.9)
13.9
-
EBT consideration on repurchased shares
-
-
-
-
1.0
1.0
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
3.3
-
-
(13.9)
17.4
6.8
Balance at 31 January 2024
73.2
56.8
5.6
-
366.6
502.2
Balance at 1 January 2022
69.9
56.8
5.6
13.9
369.5
515.7
Total comprehensive income/(expense) the year
Loss for the year
-
-
-
-
(15.0)
(15.0)
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
-
-
-
-
8.1
8.1
Total comprehensive expense for the year
-
-
-
-
(6.9)
(6.9)
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Share based payments
-
-
-
-
3.3
3.3
Income tax relating to share based payments
-
-
-
-
(0.1)
(0.1)
Own shares issued by EBT
-
-
-
-
0.1
0.1
Own shares purchased by EBT
-
-
-
-
(0.5)
(0.5)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
-
-
-
-
2.8
2.8
Balance at 31 December 2022
69.9
56.8
5.6
13.9
365.4
511.6
The notes on pages 149 to 157 form part of these financial statements.
.
149
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
1
Accounting Policies
(a) Basis of preparation
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC is a company incorporated and domiciled in England, UK.
Pinewood Technologies Group Plc
is a company incorporated and domiciled in England, UK.
The Company changed its name from
Pendragon PLC to Pinewood Technologies Group Plc on 13 February 2024. On 6 February 2024, the Company extended its accounting
reference period to end on 31 January 2024. As a result the Company accounts are for the 13 month period ended 31 January 2024 (2022:
12 month period ended 31 December 2022).
These financial statements were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework ('FRS
101').
In preparing these financial statements, the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements of UK-adopted
international accounting standards (“Adopted IFRSs”), but makes amendments where necessary in order to comply Companies Act 2006
and has set out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions has been taken.
These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis as explained in note 1 of the Group Financial Statements.
Principal risks and uncertainties are outlined in the Group Financial Statements on pages 18 to 26.
In these financial statements, the Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the following disclosures:
a Cash Flow Statement and related notes;
Comparative period reconciliations for share capital, tangible fixed assets and intangible assets;
Disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries;
Disclosures in respect of capital management;
The effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs;
Disclosures in respect of the compensation of Key Management Personnel.
Disclosures of transactions with a management entity that provides key management personnel services to the company;
Certain disclosures required by IAS 36 Impairments of Assets in respect of the impairment of assets.
As the consolidated financial statements of the Company include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also taken the exemptions
under FRS 101 available in respect of the following disclosures:
IFRS 2 Share Based Payments in respect of group settled share based payments;
• Certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement and the disclosures required by IFRS 7 Financial Instrument
Disclosures.
The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial
statements.
Judgements
The Company applies judgement in how it applies its accounting policies, which do not involve estimation, but could materially affect
the numbers disclosed in these financial statements. There are however no such key accounting judgements applied in these financial
statements.
Accounting estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 101 requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period/year. Although these estimates are based on management's best knowledge of the amount, events or actions, actual
results ultimately may differ from those estimates.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
150
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
1
Accounting Policies
continued
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis.
The estimates and associated assumptions are based
on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Revisions to accounting
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision
and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. The directors do not consider there to be any key estimates
applicable to the financial statements, which has a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets
and liabilities within the next financial year or in the long-term:
In preparing these financial statements, management has taken into account climate change risks. This has included reassessing the
estimated useful lives of assets and developing assumptions, used in determining estimates, by considered potential impacts of climate risks
and the Group’s planned response.
(b) Deferred taxation
Full provision is made for deferred taxation on all timing differences which have arisen but have not reversed at the
balance sheet date, except as follows:
(i) tax payable on the future remittance of the past earnings of subsidiaries is provided only to the extent that dividends have been accrued
as receivable or a binding agreement to distribute all past earnings exists;
(ii) deferred
tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is more likely than not that they will be recovered.
Deferred tax is measured on a non-discounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the timing differences
reverse, based on tax rates and laws substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
(c) Impairment excluding deferred tax assets
Financial assets (including trade and other debtors)
A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is measured for impairment losses in accordance with IFRS 9 using an
expected credit loss (ECL) model. The impairment model applies to financial assets measured at amortised cost. The calculation of ECLs
are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. For trade receivables, the Company applies the simplified approach set out in IFRS 9
to measure expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss allowance. The Company considered a trade or other receivables,
including intercompany receivables, to be in default when the borrower is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Company in full after
all reasonable actions have been taken to recover the debt.
Non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Company’s non-financial assets, other than deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.
The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In
assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets
that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use
that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the 'cash-generating unit').
151
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment
losses are recognised in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount
of any goodwill allocated to the units, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit (group of units) on a pro rata
basis.
Fair value hedges
Where a derivative financial instrument hedges the changes in fair value of recognised assets or liabilities, any gain or loss is recognised
in profit and loss. The hedged item is also stated, separately from the derivative, at fair value in respect of the risk being hedged with any
gain or loss also recognised in profit and loss. This will result in variations in the balance sheet values of the gross debt and the offsetting
derivatives as the market value fluctuates.
(d) Investments
Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost less any impairment losses. For Investments the recoverable amount
is estimated at each balance sheet date. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing
value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been
adjusted.
(e) Employee benefits
- Share based payments
The Company operates a number of employee share option schemes.
The fair value at
the date at which the share options are granted is recognised in profit and loss on a straight line basis over the vesting period, taking into
account the number of options that are expected to vest.
The number of options that are expected to become exercisable is reviewed at
each balance sheet date and if necessary estimates are revised.
(f) Pension obligations
The Company operated a defined benefit and defined contribution plan during the period, the assets of which are
held in independent trustee administered funds.
Pension accounting costs for defined benefit plans are assessed by determining the
pension obligation using the projected unit credit method after including a net return on the plan assets.
Under this method, in accordance
with the advice of qualified actuaries, the amounts charged in respect of employee benefits reflect the cost of benefits accruing in the year
and the cost of financing historical accrued benefits. The Company recognises all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit
plans in the statement of other comprehensive income immediately.
The present value of pension obligations is measured by reference to market yields on high quality corporate bonds which have terms to
maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.
Plan assets are measured at fair value.
When the calculation results
in a benefit to the Company, the recognised asset is limited to the total of the present value of economic benefits available in the form of
any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. An economic benefit is available to the Company if it is
realisable during the life of the plan, or on settlement of the plan liabilities.
Under IAS 19
Employee Benefits, the Group recognises an interest expense or income which is calculated on the net defined benefit
liability or asset respectively by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset.
A defined contribution plan is one under which the Company pays fixed contributions and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay
further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an employee benefit expense in
the income statement when they are due.
1
Accounting Policies
continued
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
152
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
1
Accounting Policies
continued
In accordance with IFRIC 14 surpluses in schemes are recognised as assets only if they represent unconditional economic benefits
available to the Company in the future.
Provision is made for future unrecognisable surpluses that will arise as a result of regulatory
funding requirements.
Movements in unrecognised surpluses are included in the statement of recognised income and expense.
If the fair
value of the assets exceeds the present value of the defined benefit obligation then the surplus will only be recognised if the nature of the
arrangements under the trust deed, and funding arrangements between the Trustee and the Company support the availability of refunds or
recoverability through agreed reductions in future contributions. In addition, if there is an obligation for the Company to pay deficit funding,
this is also recognised.
Under the provisions of FRS 101 Pinewood Technologies Group Plc was designated as the principal employer of the Pendragon Group
Pension Scheme and as such applies the full provisions of IAS 19 Employee benefits (2011). In line with IAS 19 Employee benefits (2011),
the Company has recognised a pension prepayment with respect to an extraordinary contribution made during 31 December 2011 as this
does not meet the definition of a planned asset and therefore the amount is held in pension prepayment and will be unwound over the
period in which Pendragon Scottish Limited Partnership Limited makes contributions to the pension scheme. On 31 January the pension
surplus and the unamortised prepayment were transferred to Pendragon Newco2 Limited (a subsidiary of Lithia UK Holding Limited) who
became the principal employer of the Pendragon Group Pension Scheme,
The assets and obligations of the Pension Scheme were sold on 31 January 2024.
Information relating to pension obligations can be found
in the Consolidated Financial Statements in note 5.1.
(g) Dividends
Dividends proposed by the Board and unpaid at the end of the period/year are not recognised in the financial statements
until they have been approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.
Interim dividends are recognised when they are paid.
(h) Own shares held by ESOP trust
Transactions of the group-sponsored ESOP trust are included in the Company financial statements. In
particular, the trust’s purchases and sales of shares in the Company are debited and credited directly to equity.
(i) Contingent liabilities
Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies
within its group, the Company previously considered these to be insurance arrangements, and accounted for them as such under IFRS 4.
In
this respect, the Company treated the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it became probable that the Company
would be required to make a payment under the guarantee. Following the replacement of IFRS 4 with IFRS 17 this treatment is no longer
permissible in these financial statements and the Company is eligible, and has now elected, to account for such guarantees under IFRS
9, which requires the guarantees to be initially measured at fair value. Subsequently IFRS 9 requires the financial guarantee contract to be
measured at the higher of the expected credit loss allowance amount and the fair value at initial recognition less the cumulative amount
of income recognised in accordance with IFRS 15.
(j) Auditor's remuneration
Amounts receivable by the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of services to the Company and its
associates, other than the audit of the Company’s financial statements, have not been disclosed as the information is required instead to
be disclosed on a consolidated basis in the consolidated financial statements
(k) Profit and loss account
In accordance with the exemption allowed by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the profit and loss
account of the Company is not presented.
2
Directors
Total emoluments of key management personnel (including pension contributions) amounted to £5.5m (2022: £5.0m).
Information
relating to directors' emoluments, share options (including share gains) and pension entitlements is set out in the Directors' Remuneration
Report on pages 51 to 61.
The directors are the only employees of the Company.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
153
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
3
Dividends
An dividend for of 24.5p per ordinary share amounting to a total of £358.4m is proposed to be paid on 7 May 2024 (2022: nil) as previously
communicated to shareholders in the circular to shareholders dated October 2023 in respect of the sale of part of the business to Litha
Motors Inc.
Lithia UK Holding Limited, who hold 279,388,880 ordinary shares waived their right to a dividend as per the terms of the
business sale outlined in the afore mentioned circular. Interim accounts for the 14 month period to 29 February 2024 have been deposited
at Companies House as the relevant accounts for the purpose of this distribution.
4
Investments
During the period, the Company disposed of all of its investments to a newly formed direct subsidiary company, Pendragon Group Holdings
Limited. Ahead of the disposal of investments, as part of the group restructuring, the investments were impaired to reflect the value to be
realised on disposal.
The Company recognised a profit on the disposal of its investments in subsidiary undertakings to Pendragon Group Holdings Limited of
£29.4m.
Profit on disposal of investments is calculated as follows
The Company subsequently recognised an additional investment in Pendragon Group Holdings Limited for £547.2m. Pendragon Group
Holdings Limited disposed of its investments related to the UK Motor & Leasing business to Lithia UK Holding Limited, an unrelated party,
on 31 January 2024.
At the period end, the Company holds an investment in Pendragon Group Holdings Limited only. The recoverable amount of this directly-
held subsidiary has been determined with reference to the receivables due from Lithia UK Holding Limited as a result of the disposal, less
the transaction fees still to be paid, and the value of investments in the only remaining actively trading member of the Group, Pinewood
Technologies PLC, which has been determined by the agreed subscription price to be paid by Lithia UK Holding Limited for the additional
shares issued by the Company to external shareholders.
Shares in subsidiary
undertakings
£m
Cost
At 31 December 2022
981.2
Additions due to group restructuring
547.1
Additions to investments for share based payment arrangements
3.6
Disposals due to group restructuring
(984.8)
At 31 January 2024
547.1
Impairment
At 31 December 2022
-
Impairment charge due to disposal transaction
(242.5)
Impairment charge for share based payment arrangements
(3.6)
Disposals due to group restructuring
246.1
At 31 January 2024
-
Carrying amounts
At 31 January 2024
547.1
At 31 December 2022
981.2
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
£m
Impairment charge for investments in subsidiaries
(242.5)
Consideration less book value for sale of investments
169.9
Dividends received due to group restructuring
102.0
Company profit on disposal
29.4
154
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
4
Investments
continued
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
The Company separately has recognised an increase in cost of investments of £3.6m as a result of share based payment arrangements
granted to employees of the subsidiaries. This was subsequently impaired in full due to the disposal transaction on 31 January 2024.
In assessing the carrying value of investments in subsidiary undertakings, an assessment of the recoverable amount of each investment has
been undertaken
in line with IAS 36.
When assessing the carrying value, the value was determined by the higher of its value in use and its
fair value less costs to sell. Of the remaining investments, the value of Pendragon Group Holdings Limited is determined by the net assets,
being predominately the debtor due from Lithia following the disposal transaction, held by that company after disposal of its investments to
Lithia UK Holding Limited, and the value of the only remaining actively trading member of the Group, Pinewood Technologies PLC, has been
determined by the subscription price paid for additonal shares issued by the Company to external shareholders.
The directors have considered and assessed reasonably possible changes to the key assumptions used in determining the recoverable
amounts and have performed sensitivities on these key assumptions. This assessment resulted in the reasonably possible key assumption
changes not leading to any impact on the carrying value of investments in subsidiary undertakings for 13m period ended 31 January 2024.
Shares in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost. Pinewood Technologies Group Plc owns directly or indirectly 100 percent of the issued
ordinary share capital of the following subsidiaries.
Incorporated in Great Britain
having a registered office at Loxley House, 2 Little Oak Drive, Annesley, Nottingham, NG15 0DR:
Pendragon Group Holdings Limited *
Pinewood Technologies PLC
Pendragon Overseas Limited
Pinewood Computers Limited
Incorporated in the United States of America
having a registered office at 2171 Campus Dr Ste 260, Irvine, California:
Pendragon North America Automotive, Inc.
Penegon Glendale, Inc.
SouthCounty, Inc.
Penegon West, Inc.
Lincoln Irvine, Inc.
Bauer Motors, Inc.
Penegon Mission Viejo, Inc.
Penegon South Bay, Inc.
Penegon Properties, Inc.
Penegon Newport Beach, Inc.
Penegon Santa Monica, Inc.
Penegon East, Inc.
Incorporated in Sweden
having a registered office at Eversheds Sutherland, Strandvägen, Box 11451, 104 40, Stockholm
Pinewood Technologies Northern Europe AB
Incorporated in Japan having a registered office at Saiwai Building 9th floor, 3-1 Uchisaiwai-cho 1-chome, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo.
Pinewood DMS Japan GK
* Direct subsidiary of Pinewood Technologies Group PLC
155
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
5
Debtors
Other debtors of £40.3m are amounts due from Lithia UK Holding Limited following the disposal of the Pendragon Group's Motor and
Leasing businesses in relation to specific balances with Pinewood Technologies Group Plc.
Expected credit losses in respect of trade and other intercompany receivables are deemed immaterial.
6
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are repayable on demand but may remain outstanding indefinitely.
7
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
Full details of the Company's borrowings including security and maturity are given in note 4.2 to the consolidated financial statements.
31 January
2024
£m
31 December
2022
£m
Amounts due within one year:
Other debtors
40.3
-
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
3.1
1.7
43.4
1.7
Amounts due after more than one year:
Prepayments
-
21.1
-
21.1
43.4
22.8
31 January
2024
£m
31 December
2022
£m
Other creditors and accruals
5.4
-
Other taxation and social security
2.1
-
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings
24.7
489.2
Senior Term Finance Agreement
93.0
1.7
Bank loans and overdrafts
-
0.5
125.2
491.4
31 January
2024
£m
31 December
2022
£m
Senior Term Finance Agreement
-
90.8
Other loan notes
0.2
-
0.2
90.8
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
156
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Allotted, called up and fully paid shares of 5p each
Number
£m
At 31 December 2022
1,396,944,405
69.9
Share issues
65,979,118
3.3
At 31 January 2024
1,462,923,523
73.2
8
Deferred tax
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current
tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. There are no offset amounts as follows:
The movement in the deferred tax assets for the year is as follows:
9
Share based payments
Details of share schemes in place for the Group of which the Company participates as at 31 January 2024 are fully disclosed above in note
4.6 of this report.
10 Called up share capital and reserves
During the 13 month period to 31 January 2024, 65,979,118 ordinary shares were issed at par value for proceeds of £3.3m. These shares
were subsequently acquired by the EBT in order to satisfy pending share awards.
31 January
2024
£m
31 December
2022
£m
Deferred tax assets
2.6
1.9
Retirement
benefit
obligations
£m
Other
provisions
£m
Losses
£m
Total
£m
At 1 January 2022
5.1
1.0
-
6.1
(Charged) to income statement
(2.5)
-
-
(2.5)
(Charged) to equity
(1.6)
(0.1)
-
(1.7)
At 31 December 2022
1.0
0.9
-
1.9
At 1 January 2023
1.0
0.9
-
1.9
(Charged)/credited to income statement
(3.4)
(0.8)
2.6
(1.6)
Credited/(charged) to equity
2.3
(0.1)
-
2.2
Disposal
0.1
-
-
0.1
At 31 January 2024
-
-
2.6
2.6
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
157
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
Movements in the number of options to acquire ordinary shares under the Group's various share option schemes, together with exercise
prices and the outstanding position at 31 January 2024 are fully disclosed above in note 4.6 of this report.
Transactions of the Group-sponsored EBT are included in the Company's financial statements. In particular, the trust’s purchases of shares
in the Company, which are classified as own shares, are debited directly to equity through retained earnings. When own shares are sold or
reissued the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is also recognised within retained earnings.
The market value of the investment in the Group's own shares at 31 January 2024 was £4.5m (31 December 2022: £0.3m), being 12.4m
(2022: 1.5m) shares with a nominal value of 5p each, acquired at an average cost of £0.05 each (2022: £0.33). The trustee of the EBT is
Accuro Trustees (Jersey) Limited. Shares in trust have been
awarded to Executive Directors and employees under the Pendragon 1999
Approved Executive Share Option Scheme, Pendragon 1999 Unapproved Executive Share Option Scheme and to satisfy amounts under
LTIPs. Details of the plans are given in the Directors' Remuneration Report on pages 51 to 61.
Dividends on the shares owned by the trust, the purchase of which were funded by interest free loans to the trust from Pendragon PLC, are
waived.
All expenses incurred by the trust are settled directly by Pendragon PLC and charged in the accounts as incurred.
Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve has arisen following the purchase by the Group of its own shares and comprises the amount by which
distributable profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with s733 of the Companies Act 2006. There were no transfers into
the capital redemption reserve during the period in respect of shares purchased by the Group and subsequently cancelled (2022: nil).
Other reserves
Other reserves included the amount of demerger reserve arising on the demerger of the Group from Williams Holdings PLC in 1989. During
the year the Company restructured it's invesments resulting in a reclassification of £13.9m in respect of the merger reserve to profit and
loss.
11 Retirement benefit obligations
Details of Pendragon Group Pension Scheme are fully disclosed above in note 5.1 of this report.
12 Related party transactions
Identity of related parties
The Company has related party relationships with its subsidiaries and with its key management personnel.
Transactions with related parties
The transaction with directors of the Company are set out in note 6.2 to the consolidated financial statements.
13 Contingent liabilities
The Company has entered into cross-guarantees with its bankers whereby it guarantees payment of bank borrowings in respect of UK
subsidiary undertakings. The Company would initially measure its contingent liability at fair value. No amounts have been included in these
financial statements as the Company's estimate of fair value is £nil: the cash position of the subsidiaries means it is highly unlikely that
the Company would ever be called on to fulfil its guarantee obligations.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
158
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
ADVISORS, BANKS AND SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Share dealing service
Pinewood’s company registrar offers a share dealing service, provided
by Link Asset Services (a trading name of Link Market Services).
Details appear at www.linksharedeal.com
Shareholder and investor information
Making some of our corporate materials and policies available on our
website reduces the length of this Report. This year we have placed
certain background information on policy and governance on our
website. We also display historic financial reports and have a section
on company news, which we regularly update on www.pinewoodtech.
com
Getting company reports online
Reduces the environmental impacts of report distribution. To choose
online only reporting, visit the share portal and register for electronic
form reporting, or contact our registrar, whose details are:
Registrar and shareholder enquiries
Link Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent
BR3 4TU
shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk
Tel: 0871 664 0300
Financial Calendar FY23
25 April 2024
date of this Report
25 April 2024
preliminary announcement of FY23 results
Auditor
KPMG LLP
Banks
Barclays Bank PLC
Lloyds TSB Bank plc
Royal Bank of Scotland plc
Allied Irish Banks plc
HSBC Bank plc
Stockbrokers
Joh. Berenberg, Gossler & Co. KG
Jefferies International Limited
Solicitors
CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP
Geldards LLP
Eversheds LLP
How to find Pinewood Technologies Group PLC’s offices
Visit Contacts on the company’s website
www.pinewoodtech.com.
Stock Classification
The company’s ordinary shares are traded on the London Stock
Exchange. Investment codes for Pinewood’s shares are:
London Stock Exchange:
PINE
Bloomberg:
PINE.LN
GlobalTOPIC and Reuters:
PINE.L
159
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC Annual Report FY23
ADDRESS
I
Pinewood Technologies Group PLC, Loxley House, 2 Oakwood Court, Little Oak Drive, Annesley, Nottingham NG15 0DR
WEBSITE
I
www.pinewoodtech.com
DESIGN
I
Creative Services
Loxley House, 2 Oakwood Court, Little Oak Drive, Annesley, Nottingham NG15 0DR